1 #LyX 1.6.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % This preamble is designed to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
17 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
19 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
20 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{}
22 \fi % end if pdflatex is used
24 % for correct jump positions whe clicking on a link to a float
25 \usepackage[figure]{hypcap}
27 % the pages of the TOC is numbered roman
28 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
29 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
30 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
32 \pdfbookmark[1]{\contentsname}{}
36 % redefine the \LyX macro for PDF bookmarks
37 \def\LyX{\texorpdfstring{%
38 L\kern-.1667em\lower.25em\hbox{Y}\kern-.125emX\@}
41 % define a short command for \textvisiblespace
42 \newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace}
44 % macro for italic page numbers in the index
45 \newcommand{\IndexDef}[1]{\textit{#1}}
47 % redefine the greyed out note
48 \renewenvironment{lyxgreyedout}
49 {\textcolor{blue}\bgroup}{\egroup}
51 \options intoc,bibtotoc,idxtotoc,BCOR7mm,tablecaptionabove
56 \font_typewriter default
57 \font_default_family default
67 \pdf_title "The LyX User's Guide"
68 \pdf_author "LyX Team"
72 \pdf_bookmarksnumbered true
73 \pdf_bookmarksopen false
74 \pdf_bookmarksopenlevel 1
79 \pdf_pagebackref false
80 \pdf_pdfusetitle false
81 \pdf_quoted_options "linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue,pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true,pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false, pdfpagelabels,pdftex"
88 \paperorientation portrait
99 \paragraph_separation indent
101 \quotes_language english
104 \paperpagestyle default
105 \tracking_changes false
106 \output_changes false
122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
124 If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documenta
126 \begin_inset CommandInset href
128 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org"
139 \begin_inset Newline newline
143 \begin_inset Newline newline
147 \begin_inset Note Note
150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
151 The latest PDF-version of this document can be found here:
152 \begin_inset Newline newline
157 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/DocumentationDevelopment#UserGuide
165 \begin_layout Standard
166 \begin_inset CommandInset toc
167 LatexCommand tableofcontents
174 \begin_layout Chapter
178 \begin_layout Section
182 \begin_layout Standard
183 LyX is a document preparation system.
184 It is a tool for producing beautiful manuscripts, publishable books, business
185 letters and proposals, and even poetry.
186 It is unlike most other
187 \begin_inset Quotes eld
191 \begin_inset Quotes erd
194 in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core
196 That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a
197 \begin_inset Quotes eld
201 \begin_inset Quotes erd
205 \begin_inset Quotes eld
208 Bold, 17 pt type, left justified, 5 mm space below
209 \begin_inset Quotes erd
213 LyX takes care of the typesetting for you, so you deal only with concepts,
217 \begin_layout Standard
218 This philosophy is explained in much greater detail in the
221 \begin_inset Quotes eld
225 \begin_inset Quotes erd
231 If you haven't read it yet, you need to.
235 \begin_layout Standard
237 \begin_inset Quotes eld
245 \begin_inset Quotes erd
248 describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most importantly,
249 the format of all of the manuals.
250 If you don't read it, you'll have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
251 You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
254 \begin_inset Quotes eld
262 \begin_inset Quotes erd
268 \begin_layout Section
272 \begin_layout Standard
273 Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of
275 Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons.
276 There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing
278 Near the bottom of the window is a small window containing a single line
285 \begin_inset Quotes eld
289 \begin_inset Quotes erd
297 when you need to type a command in the minibuffer.
300 \begin_layout Standard
301 Note that there is no horizontal scroll bar.
302 This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional.
303 When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
305 Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
306 only a vertical scrollbar.
307 There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
308 The first case is large figures, displayed WYSIWYG\SpecialChar \@.
309 This, however, is due
310 to a flaw in the routine that displays graphics on the LyX screen in a
311 WYSIWYG fashion; it should rescale the graphics to fit in the window, just
312 as you'd need to rescale graphics to fit on a page.
313 The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
315 You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
316 this doesn't work for equations yet.
319 \begin_layout Standard
320 For a brief description of all LyX menus and toolbar buttons, have a look
326 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
328 reference "cha:The-User-Interface"
333 Most of them are self-explanatory and you'll find them listed in the correspond
334 ing sections of this documentation.
337 \begin_layout Section
341 \begin_layout Standard
342 The help system consists of the LyX manuals.
347 of the manuals from inside LyX.
348 Just select the manual you want read from the
355 \begin_layout Section
357 \begin_inset CommandInset label
359 name "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
366 \begin_layout Standard
367 There are several features of LyX that can be configured from inside LyX,
368 without resorting to configuration files.
369 First, LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
370 classes and LaTeX packages are available.
371 It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults to several
377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
386 Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
387 on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally, e.g.
388 new LaTeX classes, and which are not seen by LyX.
389 To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use
391 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
399 Reconfiguration of LyX
404 You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
407 \begin_layout Section
409 \begin_inset CommandInset label
411 name "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
418 \begin_layout Standard
419 LyX needs several LaTeX packages to work properly.
420 The packages found on the system by LyX are listed in the file
428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
443 that will be created when using the menu
445 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
464 You should install the required missing packages and then reconfigure LyX.
465 \begin_inset Note Note
468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
469 The two braces in the TeX Code box prevent that the term
470 \begin_inset Quotes eld
474 \begin_inset Quotes erd
477 is printed with sub- and superscript letters.
478 More about TeX Code is described in section
483 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
485 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
489 , the printout of proper names like LaTeX is explained in section
494 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
496 reference "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
510 Reconfiguration of LyX
518 \begin_layout Chapter
522 \begin_layout Section
523 Basic File Operations
527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
536 \begin_layout Standard
541 menu and in the standard toolbar are basic operations for any word processor
542 in addition to some more advanced operations:
545 \begin_layout Itemize
549 \begin_inset Graphics
550 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
551 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
558 \begin_layout Itemize
576 \begin_layout Itemize
582 \begin_inset Graphics
583 filename ../images/file-open.png
584 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
591 \begin_layout Itemize
597 \begin_layout Itemize
603 \begin_inset Graphics
604 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
605 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
612 \begin_layout Itemize
622 \begin_layout Itemize
636 \begin_layout Itemize
646 \begin_layout Itemize
652 \begin_layout Itemize
658 \begin_layout Itemize
664 \begin_inset Graphics
665 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
666 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 24bp 20bp
673 \begin_layout Itemize
679 \begin_layout Standard
680 They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with
681 a few minor differences.
684 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
699 command not only prompts you for a name for the new file, but also prompts
700 you for a template to use.
701 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
702 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
703 They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
709 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
711 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
718 \begin_layout Standard
720 \begin_inset Quotes eld
724 \begin_inset Quotes erd
728 \begin_inset Quotes eld
732 \begin_inset Quotes erd
736 \begin_inset Quotes eld
740 \begin_inset Quotes erd
743 Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank
744 space is just that --- a big, blank space.
747 \begin_layout Standard
768 are useful if more people work on the same document at the same time
772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
773 If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
798 will reload the document from disk.
799 You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document
800 and want to restore it to the last save.
809 you can there register the changes you made to a document so that others
810 can identify this as your changes.
813 \begin_layout Section
814 Basic Editing Features
818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
825 \begin_inset CommandInset label
827 name "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
834 \begin_layout Standard
835 Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations
836 on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or screenful of text, and
837 can delete whole words as well as individual characters.
838 The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
840 We'll start with cut and paste.
843 \begin_layout Standard
844 As you might expect, the
848 menu and the standard toolbar has the cut and paste commands, along with
849 various other editing features.
850 Some of these are special and covered in later sections.
854 \begin_layout Itemize
860 \begin_inset Graphics
861 filename ../images/cut.png
862 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
869 \begin_layout Itemize
875 \begin_inset Graphics
876 filename ../images/copy.png
877 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
884 \begin_layout Itemize
890 \begin_inset Graphics
891 filename ../images/paste.png
892 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
899 \begin_layout Itemize
909 \begin_layout Itemize
919 \begin_layout Itemize
933 \begin_inset Graphics
934 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
935 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
943 \begin_layout Standard
944 The first three are self-explanatory.
945 One thing to note: whenever you delete a block of text that you've selected,
946 it's automatically placed in the clipboard.
955 keys also functions as the
960 Also, if you've selected text, be careful: If you hit a key, LyX will completel
961 y delete the selected text and replace it with what you just typed.
966 to get back the lost text.
969 \begin_layout Standard
973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
979 You can also copy text between LyX and other programs by cut, copy and paste.
988 shows you a list with the last strings you have pasted.
991 \begin_layout Standard
994 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
999 Special\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1001 \begin_inset space ~
1005 \begin_inset space ~
1010 will insert the text in the clipboard so that the whole text is inserted
1016 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
1020 \begin_inset space ~
1025 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
1026 will start a new paragraph.
1029 \begin_layout Standard
1033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1051 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1053 \begin_inset space ~
1057 \begin_inset space ~
1065 \begin_inset space ~
1069 \begin_inset space ~
1075 Once you've found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
1080 button replaces the selected text with the contents of the
1083 \begin_inset space ~
1092 \begin_inset space ~
1097 button to skip the current word.
1101 \begin_inset space ~
1106 to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically.
1110 \begin_inset space ~
1115 option can be used if you want the search to consider the case of the search
1117 If the toggle is set, searching for
1118 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1126 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1129 will not match the word
1130 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1138 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1144 Match whole words only
1146 option can be used to force LyX to only find complete words.
1148 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1156 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1160 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1168 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1174 \begin_layout Standard
1175 Things like notes, floats, etc., the so called insets can be dissolved.
1176 This means that the inset is deleted and its content is left as normal
1178 Dissolving an inset is done by setting the cursor to the beginning of an
1183 or by setting the cursor to the end and pressing
1190 \begin_layout Section
1195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1212 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1214 name "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
1221 \begin_layout Standard
1222 If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it.
1223 LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
1226 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1229 or the toolbar button
1230 \begin_inset Graphics
1231 filename ../images/undo.png
1232 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1236 to undo some mistake.
1237 If you accidentally undo too much, use
1239 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1242 ot the toolbar button
1243 \begin_inset Graphics
1244 filename ../images/redo.png
1245 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1250 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1254 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1257 The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100
1258 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1261 steps to minimize memory overhead.
1264 \begin_layout Standard
1265 Notice that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as
1266 it was last saved, the
1267 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1271 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1274 status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
1275 This is a consequence of the 100
1276 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1279 step undo limit, above.
1282 \begin_layout Standard
1291 work on almost everything in LyX.
1292 But they won't undo or redo text character by character, but by blocks
1296 \begin_layout Section
1301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1310 \begin_layout Standard
1311 This are the most basic mouse operations.
1314 \begin_layout Enumerate
1319 \begin_layout Itemize
1324 once anywhere in the edit window.
1325 The cursor moves to the text under the mouse.
1329 \begin_layout Enumerate
1334 \begin_layout Itemize
1340 LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
1343 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1346 to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer (and the clipboard).
1349 \begin_layout Itemize
1350 Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using
1352 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1359 \begin_layout Enumerate
1360 Insets (Footnotes, Notes, Floats, etc.)
1364 \begin_layout Standard
1369 the left mouse button to open or close any of these.
1370 Right-click on them to set its properties.
1371 Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
1375 \begin_layout Enumerate
1380 \begin_layout Standard
1385 the right mouse button to open a dialog that will allow you to manipulate
1390 \begin_layout Section
1392 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1394 name "sec:Navigating"
1402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1411 \begin_layout Standard
1412 LyX offers you two ways to navigate in documents:
1415 \begin_layout Itemize
1420 lists all sections of the document as submenu entries that you can click
1421 to jump to the corresponding document part.
1424 \begin_layout Itemize
1427 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1430 or the toolbar button
1431 \begin_inset Graphics
1432 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
1433 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1440 \begin_layout Standard
1441 The outline window shows you the content of the document's table of contents
1442 (TOC) that is described in sec.
1443 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1447 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1449 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
1454 You can click there on entries to jump to the corresponding document part.
1455 In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window, you can choose between
1456 different lists of document objects, like the list of footnotes.
1457 Some of them, the list of tables, figures, and algorithms can also be added
1458 to the document, see
1459 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1461 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
1468 \begin_layout Standard
1470 \begin_inset space \space{}
1474 \begin_inset Graphics
1475 filename ../images/down.png
1476 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1481 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
1486 \begin_inset space \space{}
1490 \begin_inset Graphics
1491 filename ../images/up.png
1492 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1497 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
1501 at the bottom of the outline window you can change the position of sections
1503 So you can for example move section
1504 \begin_inset space ~
1508 \begin_inset space ~
1512 LyX will then automatically renumber the sections to the new order.
1514 \begin_inset Graphics
1515 filename ../images/promote.png
1516 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1521 \begin_inset Graphics
1522 filename ../images/demote.png
1523 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1527 you can change the sectioning level of sections.
1528 So you can for example make section
1529 \begin_inset space ~
1533 \begin_inset space ~
1537 \begin_inset space ~
1543 \begin_layout Section
1545 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1547 name "sec:Key-Bindings"
1555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1564 \begin_layout Standard
1565 There are at least two different primary binding maps: CUA and Emacs.
1566 LyX's default is CUA.
1569 \begin_layout Standard
1573 \begin_inset space ~
1581 \begin_inset space ~
1602 , do exactly what you expect them to do.
1606 \begin_layout Labeling
1607 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1611 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1612 LatexCommand nomenclature
1614 description "Tabulator key"
1620 There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
1621 If you don't understand this, go read sections
1622 \begin_inset space ~
1626 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1628 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
1633 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1635 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
1639 , especially section
1640 \begin_inset space ~
1644 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1646 reference "sub:Lists"
1652 If you're still confused, look in the
1659 \begin_layout Labeling
1660 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1664 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1665 LatexCommand nomenclature
1667 description "Escape key"
1674 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1678 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1681 It's used, generically, to cancel operations.
1682 Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
1685 \begin_layout Labeling
1686 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1692 \begin_inset space ~
1696 \begin_inset space ~
1703 These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line,
1704 unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning
1708 \begin_layout Standard
1709 There are three modifier keys:
1712 \begin_layout Labeling
1713 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1719 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1727 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1731 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1732 LatexCommand nomenclature
1734 description "Control key"
1738 in the documentation files) This has a couple of different uses, depending
1739 on which keys it's used in combination with:
1743 \begin_layout Itemize
1752 , it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
1755 \begin_layout Itemize
1764 , it moves by words instead of characters.
1767 \begin_layout Itemize
1776 , it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively.
1780 \begin_layout Labeling
1781 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1787 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1795 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1799 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1800 LatexCommand nomenclature
1802 description "Shift key"
1806 in the documentation files) Use this with any of the motion keys to select
1807 the text between the old and new cursor positions.
1810 \begin_layout Labeling
1811 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1817 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1825 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1829 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1830 LatexCommand nomenclature
1832 description "Meta or Alt key"
1836 in the documentation files) This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless
1837 your keyboard has a distinct Meta key.
1838 If you have both keys, you will need to try out which one actually performs
1844 This key does many different things, but it also activates the
1846 menu accelerator keys
1849 If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a
1850 menu or menu item, it selects that menu item.
1854 \begin_layout Standard
1855 For example, the sequence
1856 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1862 \begin_inset space ~
1866 \begin_inset space ~
1872 \begin_inset space ~
1880 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1888 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1892 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1897 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1903 \begin_inset space ~
1909 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1919 \begin_layout Standard
1920 There are also other things bound to the
1924 key, but you'll have to check in the
1936 \begin_layout Standard
1937 You'll learn more and more keybindings and short-cut keys as you use LyX,
1938 because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar at the
1939 bottom of LyX's main window which describe the name of the action, you've
1940 just triggered, and any existing keybindings for that action.
1941 The LyX menus also list the defined keybindings.
1942 The notation for the keybindings is very similar to the notation used in
1943 this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding it.
1944 However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
1947 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1953 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1960 followed by a capital
1966 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1974 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1984 \begin_layout Standard
1985 You can list or change the keybindings in the LyX preferences under
1987 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1991 The preferences are opened with the menu
1993 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1999 \begin_layout Chapter
2004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2013 \begin_layout Section
2018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2027 \begin_layout Subsection
2031 \begin_layout Standard
2032 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
2033 need to decide what type of document you want to edit.
2034 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
2035 numbering schemes, and so on.
2036 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
2037 and format the title of your document differently.
2040 \begin_layout Standard
2045 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
2046 By setting the document class, you automatically select these properties,
2047 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
2048 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
2049 So, it behooves you to change the class of your document.
2052 \begin_layout Standard
2053 Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
2054 how to adjust their properties.
2057 \begin_layout Subsection
2062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2069 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2071 name "sec:Document-Classes"
2078 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2082 \begin_layout Standard
2083 There are four standard document classes in LyX.
2087 \begin_layout Description
2088 Article for basic articles
2091 \begin_layout Description
2092 Report for basic reports
2095 \begin_layout Description
2096 Book for writing a book
2099 \begin_layout Description
2100 Letter for US-style letters
2103 \begin_layout Standard
2104 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
2106 Here are some of the classes, the full list with detailed explanations
2107 can be found in chapter
2109 Special Document Classes
2118 \begin_layout Description
2119 A&A Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysics
2122 \begin_layout Description
2129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2138 eX For submissions to the journals published by the American Astronomical
2142 \begin_layout Description
2143 AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American
2144 Mathematical Society (AMS).
2145 There are three article layouts available.
2146 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc., that
2147 prepends the section number to the number of the result.
2148 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
2149 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
2151 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2154 sequential numbering
2155 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2158 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
2159 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
2160 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
2161 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
2164 \begin_layout Description
2165 Beamer Layout for presentations
2168 \begin_layout Description
2169 broadway Layout for writing plays.
2170 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2174 \begin_layout Description
2176 \begin_inset space ~
2179 vitae classes to create curriculum vitae
2182 \begin_layout Description
2183 Dinbrief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
2186 \begin_layout Description
2189 Die TeXnische Komödie
2191 , the journal of the German TeX user Group (Dante)
2194 \begin_layout Description
2195 Elsevier Layout for journals of the Elsevier publishing group
2198 \begin_layout Description
2199 Foils Used to make transparencies
2202 \begin_layout Description
2203 g-brief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
2206 \begin_layout Description
2207 hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry.
2208 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2212 \begin_layout Description
2213 IEEEtran Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical
2214 and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
2217 \begin_layout Description
2218 IOP Layout for journals of the Institute of Physics publishing group
2221 \begin_layout Description
2222 Kluwer Layout for journals of the Kluwer publishing group
2225 \begin_layout Description
2226 koma-script a replacement for the standard classes, offers many useful features
2227 like caption formatting, automatic print space calculation etc.
2230 \begin_layout Description
2231 Memoir another replacement for the standard classes
2234 \begin_layout Description
2239 LaTeX document class
2242 \begin_layout Description
2243 Powerdot Layout for presentations
2246 \begin_layout Description
2251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2258 X is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
2259 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
2261 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
2264 \begin_layout Description
2265 Slides Used to make transparencies
2268 \begin_layout Description
2270 \begin_inset space ~
2273 Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society
2274 for Optical Engineering (SPIE)
2277 \begin_layout Description
2278 Springer Layouts for journals of the Springer publishing group
2281 \begin_layout Description
2286 , the journal of the international TeX user Group (TUG)
2289 \begin_layout Standard
2290 We won't go into any detail about how to use these different document classes
2292 You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in the
2297 Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all
2298 of the document classes.
2301 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2305 \begin_layout Standard
2306 You can select a class using the
2308 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2322 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
2326 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2327 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2346 \begin_layout Standard
2347 Since LyX 1.6, layout modules can be used to add additional features to a
2348 document without the user's having to include those features in a new layout
2350 The available modules are listed in the Available Modules pane of the
2352 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2366 Highlighting one of them will bring up a description of the module.
2367 Please note that some modules require LaTeX packages that are not always
2368 installed by default.
2369 LyX will warn you if you do not have the needed package.
2370 Note also that some modules require other modules, and some pairs of modules
2374 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2378 \begin_layout Standard
2379 Each class has a default set of options.
2380 Here's a quick table describing them:
2383 \begin_layout Standard
2384 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2390 \begin_layout Standard
2392 \begin_inset Tabular
2393 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
2395 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2396 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2397 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2398 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2399 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2401 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2410 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2428 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2446 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2464 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2484 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2501 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2519 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2537 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2555 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2575 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2592 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2610 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2628 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2646 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2666 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2683 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2701 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2719 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2737 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2757 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2774 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2792 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2810 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2828 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2853 \begin_layout Standard
2854 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2860 \begin_layout Standard
2861 You're probably also wondering what
2862 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2866 \begin_inset space ~
2870 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2874 There are several paragraph environments used to create section headings.
2875 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
2880 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
2885 Some document classes, such as the ones for letters, don't use any section
2895 headings, there are also
2903 headings, and so on.
2904 We'll describe these headings fully in section
2905 \begin_inset space ~
2909 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2911 reference "sub:Headings"
2918 \begin_layout Subsection
2923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2930 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2932 name "sub:Document-Layout"
2942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2951 \begin_layout Standard
2952 The most important properties of documents classes are set in the menu
2954 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2965 \begin_inset space ~
2970 , you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated
2972 This is only necessary if LyX doesn't support special options you want
2973 to use for your document.
2974 To learn more about your favorite LaTeX-class and its options, you have
2978 \begin_layout Standard
2982 \begin_inset space ~
2991 controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page.
2992 You can choose between the following five options:
2995 \begin_layout Labeling
2996 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3001 Use default pagestyle of current class.
3004 \begin_layout Labeling
3005 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3010 No page numbers or headings.
3013 \begin_layout Labeling
3014 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3022 \begin_layout Labeling
3023 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3028 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
3029 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
3030 the maximum sectioning level of the class.
3033 \begin_layout Labeling
3034 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3039 This allows you to create fully customizable headers and footers if you
3048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3049 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
3055 At the moment, support in LyX is limited to this setting.
3056 To use the full power of this package, you have to add code to your document
3058 Check the documentation for the
3062 package for more details,
3063 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
3072 \begin_layout Standard
3077 of paragraphs is described in section
3078 \begin_inset space ~
3082 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3084 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3091 \begin_layout Subsection
3092 Paper Size and Orientation
3096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3097 Document ! Paper size
3103 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3105 name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
3112 \begin_layout Standard
3113 You'll find the following options in the menu
3116 \begin_inset space ~
3121 of the dialog of the
3123 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3141 \begin_layout Labeling
3142 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3147 What size paper to print on.
3151 \begin_layout Itemize
3157 \begin_layout Itemize
3167 \begin_layout Itemize
3173 \begin_layout Itemize
3179 \begin_layout Itemize
3185 \begin_layout Itemize
3191 \begin_layout Itemize
3197 \begin_layout Labeling
3198 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3203 Two toggle buttons choose whether to print the output as
3214 \begin_layout Labeling
3215 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3219 \begin_inset space ~
3224 Adjusts the print space to print both sides of paper.
3225 That means that the print space for odd- and even-numbered pages is different.
3228 \begin_layout Subsection
3233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3240 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3259 \begin_layout Standard
3260 Paper margins are set in the menu
3262 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3280 \begin_layout Standard
3281 If you use a koma-script document class, you can use the default settings.
3282 Because koma-script calculates then the printspace automatically by taking
3283 the paper format and the font size into account.
3286 \begin_layout Subsection
3290 \begin_layout Standard
3291 If you change a document class, LyX has to convert
3296 That includes the paragraph environments.
3297 Some paragraph environments are standard; all of the document classes have
3298 them; but some classes have special paragraph environments.
3299 If this is the case, and you change the document class, LyX sets the missing
3300 paragraph environments to
3304 and places an error box at the beginning of the paragraph.
3305 Just click on them and you'll get a message dialog that tells you about
3306 the conversion and why it failed.
3309 \begin_layout Section
3310 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
3314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3315 Paragraph ! Indentation
3323 \begin_layout Subsection
3325 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3327 name "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3334 \begin_layout Standard
3335 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
3336 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
3339 \begin_layout Standard
3340 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
3341 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
3342 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
3343 If you choose indentation for paragraphs the
3347 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
3353 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
3354 Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document
3355 language than English.
3356 LaTeX takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the used language.
3359 \begin_layout Standard
3360 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
3361 and text --- in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are
3363 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
3364 LyX takes care of that.
3365 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
3367 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
3368 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
3369 of a page, and so on.
3373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3374 LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
3379 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
3380 LyX gives you the ability to globally change
3384 of these pre-coded spacings.
3385 We'll explain more later.
3388 \begin_layout Subsection
3389 Paragraph Separation
3393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3394 Paragraph ! Separation
3402 \begin_layout Standard
3403 To separate paragraphs, select
3414 \begin_inset space ~
3421 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3434 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
3435 The size of the skips can be defined in the dialog, for the indentation
3436 you have to add this line to your document preamble:
3439 \begin_layout Standard
3449 \begin_layout Standard
3450 where length is a value in one of the units listed in Appendix
3451 \begin_inset space ~
3455 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3457 reference "cap:Units"
3462 The default length is 30
3463 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
3469 \begin_layout Subsection
3473 \begin_layout Standard
3474 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
3477 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3479 \begin_inset space ~
3484 dialog and toggle the
3487 \begin_inset space ~
3492 option to change the state of the current paragraph.
3493 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
3494 button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling
3498 \begin_layout Standard
3499 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
3500 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
3503 \begin_layout Subsection
3508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3509 Paragraph ! Line spacing
3517 \begin_layout Standard
3520 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3533 dialog you can set the line spacing in the submenu
3536 \begin_inset space ~
3545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3546 You need to have the LaTeX-package
3554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3555 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! setspace
3560 installed to use this feature.
3568 \begin_layout Section
3569 Paragraph Environments
3573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3574 Paragraph ! Environments
3580 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3582 name "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
3590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3591 Paragraph environments|(
3599 \begin_layout Subsection
3603 \begin_layout Standard
3604 Paragraph environments correspond to the
3607 \begin_layout Standard
3626 \begin_inset Newline newline
3629 command sequence in LaTeX files.
3630 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
3631 alien to you, we urge you to read the
3640 also contains many more examples than this section does.
3643 \begin_layout Standard
3644 A paragraph environment is simply a
3645 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3649 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3652 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
3653 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
3654 scheme, labels, and so on.
3655 Additionally, you can
3656 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3660 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3663 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
3664 to inherit some of the properties of another.
3665 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
3666 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
3667 days of typewriters.
3668 There are several paragraph environments which are specific to a particular
3670 We'll only be covering the most common ones here.
3673 \begin_layout Standard
3674 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box
3675 \begin_inset Graphics
3676 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
3682 at the left end of the toolbar.
3683 LyX will change the environment of the
3687 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
3688 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
3689 you select them before choosing the new environment.
3693 \begin_layout Standard
3702 create a new paragraph using the
3706 paragraph environment.
3708 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3712 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3715 because if you are in one of these environments:
3718 \begin_layout Itemize
3724 \begin_layout Itemize
3730 \begin_layout Itemize
3736 \begin_layout Itemize
3742 \begin_layout Itemize
3748 \begin_layout Itemize
3754 \begin_layout Itemize
3760 \begin_layout Standard
3761 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
3765 , rather than resetting it to
3770 LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
3771 Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
3772 and the nesting depth (for more on nesting see section
3773 \begin_inset space ~
3777 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3779 reference "sec:Nesting"
3784 At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
3789 to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
3790 If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
3798 \begin_layout Subsection
3802 \begin_layout Standard
3803 The default paragraph environment is
3808 It creates a plain paragraph.
3809 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
3810 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in
3811 this manual) are in the
3818 \begin_layout Standard
3819 You can nest a paragraph using the
3823 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
3831 \begin_layout Subsection
3836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3845 \begin_layout Standard
3846 A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the
3848 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3852 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3855 for thanks or contact information.
3856 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
3857 page along with today's date.
3858 For other types of documents, the title
3859 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3863 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3866 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
3870 \begin_layout Standard
3871 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
3885 Here's how you use them:
3888 \begin_layout Itemize
3889 Put the title of your document in the
3896 \begin_layout Itemize
3897 Put the author name in the
3904 \begin_layout Itemize
3905 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
3906 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
3912 Note that using this environment is optional.
3913 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
3914 If you don't want any date, add the line
3915 \begin_inset Newline newline
3925 \begin_inset Newline newline
3928 to the preamble of your document (menu
3930 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3936 \begin_layout Standard
3937 You can use footnotes to insert
3938 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3942 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3945 or contact informations.
3948 \begin_layout Subsection
3953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3960 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3969 \begin_layout Standard
3970 There are several paragraph environments for producing section headings.
3971 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
3974 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3980 Section headings ! Numbered
3988 \begin_layout Standard
3989 There are 7 numbered types of section headings.
3993 \begin_layout Enumerate
3999 \begin_layout Enumerate
4005 \begin_layout Enumerate
4011 \begin_layout Enumerate
4017 \begin_layout Enumerate
4023 \begin_layout Enumerate
4029 \begin_layout Enumerate
4035 \begin_layout Standard
4036 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
4037 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
4038 Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with Latin letters.
4041 \begin_layout Standard
4042 Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
4043 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
4044 You group the book into chapters.
4045 LyX does similar grouping:
4048 \begin_layout Itemize
4053 is divided in either
4062 \begin_layout Itemize
4074 \begin_layout Itemize
4086 \begin_layout Itemize
4098 \begin_layout Itemize
4110 \begin_layout Itemize
4122 \begin_layout Standard
4123 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
4126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4131 Not all document types use the
4135 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
4140 is the top-level heading.
4148 \begin_layout Standard
4153 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
4154 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
4156 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
4158 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4162 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4168 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4174 Section headings ! Unnumbered
4182 \begin_layout Standard
4183 There are 5 types of unnumbered section headings.
4187 \begin_layout Enumerate
4193 \begin_layout Enumerate
4199 \begin_layout Enumerate
4205 \begin_layout Enumerate
4211 \begin_layout Enumerate
4217 \begin_layout Standard
4219 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4223 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4226 after each name means that these headings are not numbered.
4227 They work the same as their numbered counterparts but won't appear in the
4228 table of contents, see section
4229 \begin_inset space ~
4233 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4242 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4243 Changing the Numbering
4244 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4246 name "sub:Numbering-depth"
4253 \begin_layout Standard
4254 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
4255 in the Table of Contents.
4256 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
4258 Certain classes start with
4272 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
4282 This is something you can change.
4285 \begin_layout Standard
4288 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4308 \begin_inset space ~
4312 \begin_inset space ~
4317 you'll see two counters.
4322 controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers a section
4324 The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table
4328 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4329 Short Titles of Headings
4333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4334 Section headings ! Short titles
4343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4350 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4352 name "sec:Short-Titles"
4359 \begin_layout Standard
4360 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
4361 This can cause troubles when there is limited horizontal space.
4362 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
4363 title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful.
4366 \begin_layout Standard
4367 LaTeX allows you to specify a short title for section headings.
4368 This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents,
4369 avoiding the problem mentioned.
4370 To specify a short title, use the menu
4372 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4374 \begin_inset space ~
4380 This will insert a box labeled
4381 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4385 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4389 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4393 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4396 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
4397 This also works for captions inside floats.
4400 \begin_layout Standard
4401 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
4404 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4408 \begin_layout Standard
4409 The following information applies to all section headings:
4412 \begin_layout Itemize
4413 You cannot do any nesting with these environments.
4416 \begin_layout Itemize
4417 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
4420 \begin_layout Itemize
4421 You can only use inline math in these environments.
4424 \begin_layout Itemize
4425 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
4428 \begin_layout Subsection
4429 Quotes and Poetryline spacing
4432 \begin_layout Standard
4433 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
4447 Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins.
4448 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
4449 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
4450 the text they contain.
4451 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
4459 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
4462 \begin_layout Standard
4463 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
4472 when you start a new paragraph.
4473 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
4477 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
4478 Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have
4479 to change back to the
4483 environment yourself.
4486 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4496 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4515 \begin_layout Standard
4516 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
4517 time for the differences.
4526 are identical except for one difference:
4530 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
4539 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
4542 \begin_layout Standard
4543 Here's an example of the
4556 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
4558 See -- no indentation!
4562 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
4563 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
4564 the other paragraph.
4567 \begin_layout Standard
4568 Here's another example, this time in the
4575 \begin_layout Quotation
4581 If I keep writing, you'll see the indentation.
4582 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
4583 the first line, then
4587 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
4591 you were quoting other text.
4594 \begin_layout Quotation
4595 Here's a new paragraph.
4596 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
4597 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
4600 \begin_layout Standard
4601 As the examples show,
4605 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
4606 They should put quotes in the
4611 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
4615 paragraph environment for quoted text.
4618 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4646 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4655 \begin_layout Standard
4660 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
4666 \begin_inset Newline newline
4669 Which I did not rehearse!
4673 It could be much worse.
4674 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
4676 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
4677 indented a bit more than the first.
4678 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
4684 \begin_inset Newline newline
4687 And make things look fine
4688 \begin_inset Newline newline
4698 \begin_layout Standard
4703 does not indent both margins.
4704 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
4705 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
4716 \begin_layout Subsection
4721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4728 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4737 \begin_layout Standard
4738 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
4748 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
4757 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
4758 We'll present the individual details of each type of list next after describing
4759 some general features of all four of them.
4762 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4766 \begin_layout Standard
4767 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
4769 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
4778 reset the environment to
4782 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
4783 The nesting depth is not also kept.
4784 If you want to keep the paragraph environment but reset the current nesting
4789 to break paragraphs.
4792 \begin_layout Standard
4793 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
4794 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how it
4796 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
4797 you read all of section
4798 \begin_inset space ~
4802 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4804 reference "sec:Nesting"
4812 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4828 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4837 \begin_layout Standard
4838 The first type of list we'll describe in detail is the
4842 paragraph environment.
4843 It has the following properties:
4846 \begin_layout Itemize
4847 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
4851 \begin_layout Itemize
4852 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
4855 \begin_layout Itemize
4856 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
4860 \begin_layout Itemize
4861 The items can have any length.
4862 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
4863 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
4870 \begin_layout Itemize
4875 environment inside another
4879 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
4883 \begin_layout Itemize
4884 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
4887 \begin_layout Itemize
4888 LyX always shows the same symbol on screen.
4891 \begin_layout Itemize
4893 \begin_inset space ~
4897 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4899 reference "sec:Nesting"
4903 for a full explanation of nesting.
4907 \begin_layout Standard
4908 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
4917 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
4920 \begin_layout Standard
4921 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
4922 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
4923 Note that those of you reading this manual within LyX won't see any difference.
4926 \begin_layout Itemize
4927 The label for the first level
4931 is a large black dot, or bullet.
4935 \begin_layout Itemize
4936 The label for the second level is a dash.
4940 \begin_layout Itemize
4941 The label for the third is an asterisk.
4945 \begin_layout Itemize
4946 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
4950 \begin_layout Itemize
4951 Back out to the third level.
4955 \begin_layout Itemize
4956 Back to the second level.
4960 \begin_layout Itemize
4961 Back to the outermost level.
4964 \begin_layout Standard
4965 These are the default labels for an
4970 You can customize these labels in the
4972 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4975 dialog in the submenu
4985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4994 \begin_layout Standard
4995 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
4996 We'll explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
4998 \begin_inset space ~
5002 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5004 reference "sec:Nesting"
5011 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5027 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5029 name "sec:Enumerate"
5036 \begin_layout Standard
5041 environment is used to create numbered lists and outlines.
5042 It has these properties:
5045 \begin_layout Enumerate
5046 Each item has a numeral as its label.
5050 \begin_layout Enumerate
5051 The type of numeral depends on the nesting depth.
5055 \begin_layout Enumerate
5056 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
5059 \begin_layout Enumerate
5064 environment resets the counter to one.
5067 \begin_layout Enumerate
5080 \begin_layout Enumerate
5081 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
5082 Items can have any length.
5085 \begin_layout Enumerate
5086 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
5089 \begin_layout Enumerate
5090 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
5093 \begin_layout Enumerate
5094 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
5098 \begin_layout Standard
5107 shows the different labels for each item in LyX.
5108 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
5115 \begin_layout Enumerate
5116 The first level of an
5120 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
5124 \begin_layout Enumerate
5125 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
5129 \begin_layout Enumerate
5130 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
5134 \begin_layout Enumerate
5135 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
5138 \begin_layout Enumerate
5139 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
5144 \begin_layout Enumerate
5145 Back to the third level
5149 \begin_layout Enumerate
5150 Back to the second level.
5154 \begin_layout Enumerate
5155 Back to the outermost level.
5158 \begin_layout Standard
5159 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
5164 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
5169 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
5173 \begin_layout Standard
5174 There is more to nesting
5178 environments than we've stated here.
5179 You should read section
5180 \begin_inset space ~
5184 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5186 reference "sec:Nesting"
5190 to learn more about nesting.
5193 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5202 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5209 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5211 name "sec:Description-List"
5218 \begin_layout Standard
5219 Unlike the previous two environments, the
5223 list has no fixed label.
5224 Instead, LyX uses the first
5225 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5229 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5232 of the first line as the label.
5236 \begin_layout Description
5237 Example: This is an example of the
5244 \begin_layout Standard
5245 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
5249 \begin_layout Standard
5251 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5255 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5258 it is meant that the first hit of the
5262 key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an
5264 If you need to use more than one word in the label use a
5275 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5276 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5278 \begin_inset space ~
5284 \begin_inset space ~
5288 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5290 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
5294 for more info.) Here is an example:
5297 \begin_layout Description
5299 \begin_inset space ~
5302 Example: This one shows how to use a
5305 \begin_inset space ~
5317 \begin_layout Description
5318 Usage: You should use the
5322 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
5323 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
5325 It's not a good idea to use a
5329 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
5330 You're better off using
5342 paragraphs into them.
5345 \begin_layout Description
5346 Nesting: You can nest
5350 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5354 \begin_layout Standard
5355 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
5356 them from the first line.
5359 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5369 Lists ! Lyx@LyX list
5375 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5384 \begin_layout Standard
5389 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
5393 \begin_layout Standard
5402 environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
5403 There are the following properties of this list environment:
5406 \begin_layout Labeling
5407 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5409 \begin_inset space ~
5412 labels LyX uses the first
5413 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5417 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5420 of each line as the item label.
5425 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
5426 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
5427 blank as described above.
5430 \begin_layout Labeling
5431 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5432 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
5433 the body of the item text.
5434 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
5435 label width plus a little extra space.
5439 \begin_layout Labeling
5440 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5442 \begin_inset space ~
5445 width LyX uses the width of the label, or the default width, whatever is
5447 If the label width is larger, the label
5448 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5452 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5455 into the first line.
5456 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
5457 margin of the rest of the item text.
5460 \begin_layout Labeling
5461 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5463 \begin_inset space ~
5466 width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text of all
5471 environment have the same left margin.
5472 \begin_inset Newline newline
5475 To change the default width, select all items in the list.
5478 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5480 \begin_inset space ~
5489 \begin_inset space ~
5494 determines the default label width.
5495 You can use the text of your largest label here, but you can also use the
5497 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5501 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5504 multiple times instead.
5505 The M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in LaTeX.
5507 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5511 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5514 as the unit of width you don't need to keep changing the contents of
5517 \begin_inset space ~
5522 every time you alter a label in a
5527 \begin_inset Newline newline
5530 The predefined default width is the length of
5531 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5535 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5540 \begin_inset Newline newline
5544 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5552 Setting the cursor into a list item to change only its label width will
5553 only change the width inside LyX but not in the output.
5561 \begin_layout Standard
5566 environment the same way like the
5570 list: When you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
5576 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
5580 \begin_layout Standard
5585 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5587 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
5589 \begin_inset space ~
5593 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5595 reference "sec:Nesting"
5599 to learn about nesting.
5602 \begin_layout Standard
5603 There is yet another feature of the
5607 environment: As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item
5609 You can use additional
5613 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
5618 are documented in section
5619 \begin_inset space ~
5623 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5625 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
5630 Here are some examples:
5633 \begin_layout Labeling
5634 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5635 Left The default for
5642 \begin_layout Labeling
5643 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5644 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5651 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
5654 \begin_layout Labeling
5655 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5656 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5660 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5667 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
5670 \begin_layout Subsection
5675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5684 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5692 \begin_inset space ~
5700 \begin_layout Standard
5701 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
5709 \begin_inset space ~
5715 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
5716 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
5717 In contrast, you can use the
5724 \begin_inset space ~
5729 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
5730 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
5734 \begin_layout Standard
5735 Of course, you're not limited to using
5742 \begin_inset space ~
5751 \begin_inset space ~
5756 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
5757 some European academic papers.
5760 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5762 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5764 name "sec:Address-Usage"
5771 \begin_layout Standard
5776 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
5777 for the opening and signature in some countries.
5781 \begin_inset space ~
5786 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
5787 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
5788 Here's an example of each:
5791 \begin_layout Right Address
5793 \begin_inset Newline newline
5797 \begin_inset Newline newline
5801 \begin_inset Newline newline
5804 When is it? What is today?
5807 \begin_layout Standard
5811 \begin_inset space ~
5817 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
5818 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
5819 Here's an example of the
5826 \begin_layout Address
5828 \begin_inset Newline newline
5831 Where do I send this
5832 \begin_inset Newline newline
5835 Your post office and country
5838 \begin_layout Standard
5839 As you can see, both
5846 \begin_inset space ~
5851 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
5856 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
5862 This makes sense, since
5870 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
5871 Thus, you have to use
5882 \begin_inset space ~
5885 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5887 \begin_inset space ~
5896 menu) to start a new line in an
5903 \begin_inset space ~
5911 \begin_layout Subsection
5915 \begin_layout Standard
5916 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
5917 or list of references.
5918 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
5921 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5937 \begin_layout Standard
5942 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
5943 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
5944 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
5945 Also, don't bother trying to nest
5949 in anything else or vice versa.
5955 environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
5956 The book document classes ignores the
5960 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
5964 in a letter document class.
5967 \begin_layout Standard
5972 environment does several things for you.
5973 First, it puts the centered label
5974 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5978 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5982 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
5984 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
5985 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
5986 the subsequent text.
5987 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
5988 The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
5991 \begin_layout Standard
5992 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
5996 does not reset the paragraph environment.
5997 The new paragraph will still be in the
6002 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
6003 finish entering the abstract of your document.
6006 \begin_layout Standard
6007 \begin_inset Float figure
6012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6014 \begin_inset Graphics
6015 filename clipart/Abstract.pdf
6023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6024 \begin_inset Caption
6026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6027 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6029 name "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6050 \begin_layout Standard
6051 We'd love to give you directly an example of the
6055 environment, but since this document is in the
6056 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6060 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6063 class, we can't do this.
6064 We inserted it therefore as figure
6065 \begin_inset space ~
6069 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6071 reference "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6076 If you've never heard of an
6077 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6081 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6084 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
6087 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6103 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6105 name "sub:Biblio_environment"
6112 \begin_layout Standard
6117 environment is used to list references.
6118 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
6119 only use it at the end of the document.
6124 in anything else or vice versa won't work.
6127 \begin_layout Standard
6128 When you first open a
6132 environment, LyX add a large vertical space, followed by the heading
6133 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6137 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6141 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6145 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6148 depending on the document class.
6149 The heading is in a large boldface font.
6150 Each paragraph of the
6154 environment is a bibliography entry.
6159 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6160 Each new paragraph is still in the
6167 \begin_layout Standard
6168 For a detailed description of LyX's bibliography handling, have a look at
6170 \begin_inset space ~
6174 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6176 reference "sec:Bibliography"
6183 \begin_layout Subsection
6190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6191 Paragraph ! LyX code
6197 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6206 \begin_layout Standard
6211 environment is another LyX extension.
6212 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
6217 key as a fixed whitespace;
6221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6233 \begin_inset space ~
6238 instead of an end-of-word marker.
6243 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
6244 If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use
6262 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6263 So, when you finish using the
6267 environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
6268 Also, you can nest the
6272 environment inside of others.
6275 \begin_layout Standard
6276 There are a few quirks with this environment:
6279 \begin_layout Itemize
6284 at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.e.
6296 \begin_layout Itemize
6309 \begin_layout Itemize
6314 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
6321 \begin_layout Itemize
6330 \begin_layout Itemize
6331 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
6332 You must put at least one
6336 in any line you want blank.
6337 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
6340 \begin_layout Itemize
6341 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
6345 since that will insert
6350 You get the typewriter double quotes with
6358 if you use Emacs-like key bindings).
6361 \begin_layout Standard
6365 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6369 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6373 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6377 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6381 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6382 printf("Hello World!
6387 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6391 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6395 \begin_layout Standard
6396 This is just the standard
6397 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6401 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6408 \begin_layout Standard
6413 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
6414 rc-files, and so on.
6415 Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
6416 as if you used a typewriter.
6420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6421 Paragraph environments|)
6429 \begin_layout Section
6430 Nesting Environments
6434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6435 Nesting ! Environments
6441 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6450 \begin_layout Subsection
6454 \begin_layout Standard
6455 LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
6457 This allows you to create blocks that inherits some of the properties of
6459 For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
6461 In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
6463 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6467 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6473 \begin_layout Enumerate
6477 \begin_layout Enumerate
6482 \begin_layout Enumerate
6486 \begin_layout Enumerate
6491 \begin_layout Enumerate
6495 \begin_layout Standard
6496 You put a list inside of a list by nesting one list inside the other.
6497 Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
6500 \begin_inset space ~
6504 \begin_inset space ~
6512 \begin_inset space ~
6516 \begin_inset space ~
6525 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
6526 will tell you how far you are nested).
6527 Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
6528 \begin_inset Graphics
6529 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
6534 \begin_inset Graphics
6535 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
6539 or the convenient key bindings
6547 to change the nesting level.
6548 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
6549 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
6553 \begin_layout Standard
6554 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
6555 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
6556 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
6557 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
6560 \begin_layout Standard
6561 Nesting isn't limited to lists.
6562 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
6564 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
6567 \begin_layout Subsection
6568 What You Can and Can't Nest
6571 \begin_layout Standard
6572 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
6573 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
6576 \begin_layout Standard
6577 The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
6578 complicated than a simple yes or no.
6579 There are three types of paragraph environments:
6582 \begin_layout Itemize
6583 Completely unnestable
6586 \begin_layout Itemize
6587 Fully nestable, you can nest them inside of things and you can also nest
6588 other things inside of them.
6591 \begin_layout Itemize
6592 A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
6596 \begin_layout Standard
6597 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
6598 environments have them:
6601 \begin_layout Description
6602 Unnestable Can't nest them.
6603 Can't nest into them.
6607 \begin_layout Itemize
6613 \begin_layout Itemize
6619 \begin_layout Itemize
6625 \begin_layout Itemize
6631 \begin_layout Itemize
6638 \begin_layout Description
6640 \begin_inset space ~
6643 Nestable You can nest them.
6644 You can nest other things into them.
6648 \begin_layout Itemize
6654 \begin_layout Itemize
6660 \begin_layout Itemize
6666 \begin_layout Itemize
6672 \begin_layout Itemize
6678 \begin_layout Itemize
6684 \begin_layout Itemize
6690 \begin_layout Itemize
6697 \begin_layout Description
6698 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside of other things.
6699 You can't nest anything into them.
6703 \begin_layout Itemize
6709 \begin_layout Itemize
6715 \begin_layout Itemize
6721 \begin_layout Itemize
6727 \begin_layout Itemize
6733 \begin_layout Itemize
6739 \begin_layout Itemize
6745 \begin_layout Itemize
6751 \begin_layout Itemize
6757 \begin_layout Itemize
6763 \begin_layout Itemize
6769 \begin_layout Itemize
6775 \begin_layout Itemize
6781 \begin_layout Itemize
6785 \begin_inset space ~
6791 \begin_layout Itemize
6798 \begin_layout Standard
6799 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6807 Although it is possible to nest numbered section headings like
6816 \begin_inset space ~
6820 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
6824 \begin_inset space ~
6827 lists, it is highly recommended not to do this.
6828 Because the aim is to create well structured documents following usual
6829 guidelines of typesetting, but nested section headings violates them.
6837 \begin_layout Subsection
6838 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
6842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6843 Nesting ! Tables etc.
6849 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6851 name "sec:table-and-fig-nesting"
6858 \begin_layout Standard
6859 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
6860 affected by nesting anyhow.
6864 \begin_layout Itemize
6868 \begin_layout Itemize
6872 \begin_layout Itemize
6876 \begin_layout Standard
6878 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6886 Figures and tables in
6890 are not affected by this.
6895 Have a look at section
6896 \begin_inset space ~
6900 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6902 reference "sec:Floats"
6906 for more informations about
6913 \begin_layout Standard
6914 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
6915 If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph
6919 \begin_layout Standard
6920 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
6921 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6925 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6928 of its own, it behaves just like a
6929 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6933 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6936 paragraph environment.
6937 You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything
6941 \begin_layout Standard
6942 Here's an example with a table:
6945 \begin_layout Enumerate
6950 \begin_layout Enumerate
6951 This is (a) and it's nested.
6955 \begin_layout Standard
6956 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6962 \begin_layout Standard
6964 \begin_inset Tabular
6965 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
6967 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
6968 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
6970 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6988 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7008 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7026 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7052 \begin_layout Standard
7053 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7060 \begin_layout Enumerate
7062 The table is actually nested inside (a).
7066 \begin_layout Enumerate
7070 \begin_layout Standard
7071 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
7074 \begin_layout Enumerate
7079 \begin_layout Enumerate
7080 This is (a) and it's nested.
7084 \begin_layout Standard
7085 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7091 \begin_layout Standard
7093 \begin_inset Tabular
7094 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7096 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7097 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7099 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7117 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7137 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7155 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7181 \begin_layout Standard
7182 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7188 \begin_layout Enumerate
7195 In fact, it's not nested at all.
7198 \begin_layout Enumerate
7202 \begin_layout Standard
7203 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
7207 \begin_layout Standard
7208 There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
7210 LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
7213 \begin_layout Enumerate
7218 \begin_layout Enumerate
7219 This is (a) and it's nested.
7222 \begin_layout Standard
7223 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7229 \begin_layout Standard
7231 \begin_inset Tabular
7232 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7234 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7235 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7255 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7275 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7293 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7319 \begin_layout Standard
7320 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7326 \begin_layout Enumerate
7328 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
7336 \begin_layout Enumerate
7340 \begin_layout Standard
7341 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
7347 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
7348 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
7352 \begin_layout Subsection
7353 Usage and General Features
7354 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7356 name "sub:Nesting-Usage"
7363 \begin_layout Standard
7364 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
7366 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7370 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7373 is the innermost possible depth.
7374 Here's an example to display what we mean:
7377 \begin_layout Enumerate
7378 level #1 - outermost
7382 \begin_layout Enumerate
7387 \begin_layout Enumerate
7392 \begin_layout Enumerate
7397 \begin_layout Itemize
7402 \begin_layout Itemize
7411 \begin_layout Standard
7412 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
7413 both of them in the example.
7414 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
7424 For example, if we tried to nest another
7429 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7433 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7439 \begin_layout Subsection
7444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7453 \begin_layout Standard
7454 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
7455 We have several examples of nested environments.
7456 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
7460 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7461 Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
7464 \begin_layout Labeling
7465 \labelwidthstring MMM
7466 #1-a This is the outermost level.
7475 \begin_layout Labeling
7476 \labelwidthstring MMM
7477 #2-a This is level #2.
7478 We created it by using
7490 \begin_layout Labeling
7491 \labelwidthstring MMM
7492 #3-a This is level #3.
7493 This time, we just hit
7502 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
7515 \begin_layout Standard
7520 environment, nested inside of
7521 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7525 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7529 So, it's at level #4.
7530 We did this by hitting
7538 , then changing the paragraph environment to
7543 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph - it also works
7559 \begin_layout Standard
7564 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
7571 \begin_layout Labeling
7572 \labelwidthstring MMM
7573 #4-a This is level #4.
7578 and changed the paragraph environment back to
7583 Remember - we can't nest anything inside of a
7587 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
7592 keep nesting things inside of
7593 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7597 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7604 \begin_layout Labeling
7605 \labelwidthstring MMM
7606 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
7611 \begin_layout Labeling
7612 \labelwidthstring MMM
7613 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
7614 and this is level #6.
7615 By now, you should know how we made these two.
7619 \begin_layout Labeling
7620 \labelwidthstring MMM
7621 #5-b Back to level #5.
7634 \begin_layout Labeling
7635 \labelwidthstring MMM
7644 , we're back at level #4.
7648 \begin_layout Labeling
7649 \labelwidthstring MMM
7650 #3-b Back to level #3.
7651 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
7655 \begin_layout Labeling
7656 \labelwidthstring MMM
7657 #2-b Back to level #2.
7662 \begin_layout Labeling
7663 \labelwidthstring MMM
7664 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
7665 After this sentence, we'll hit
7669 and change the paragraph environment back to
7676 \begin_layout Standard
7677 We could have also used the
7693 environment in place of the
7698 The example would have worked exactly the same.
7701 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7702 Example 2: Inheritance
7705 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7706 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
7709 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7719 , after which, we'll change to the
7727 \begin_layout Enumerate
7732 environment, at level #2.
7735 \begin_layout Enumerate
7736 Notice how the nested
7740 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment (
7744 ), but also inherits its font and spacing!
7748 \begin_layout Standard
7749 We ended this example by hitting
7754 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
7758 and resetting the nesting depth by using
7765 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7766 Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the
7778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7779 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
7787 \begin_layout Enumerate
7788 This is level #1, in an
7792 paragraph environment.
7793 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
7797 \begin_layout Enumerate
7808 Now, what happens if we nest an
7812 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
7813 label be? An asterisk?
7817 \begin_layout Itemize
7827 environment, even though it's at level #3.
7828 So, its label is a bullet.
7829 (We got here by using
7837 , then changing the environment to
7845 \begin_layout Itemize
7846 Here's level #4, produced using
7855 We'll do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
7860 \begin_layout Enumerate
7861 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
7863 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
7868 Notice the type of numbering, it is
7872 , because we are in the
7896 \begin_layout Enumerate
7901 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
7902 type of numbering does LyX use?
7905 \begin_layout Enumerate
7906 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
7910 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
7913 \begin_layout Enumerate
7918 to decrease the depth after the next
7926 \begin_layout Enumerate
7928 Look what type of label LyX is using!
7932 \begin_layout Enumerate
7934 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
7935 numeral as the label.Why?
7938 \begin_layout Enumerate
7939 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
7948 Notice, however, that LyX
7952 reset the counter for the label.
7956 \begin_layout Enumerate
7965 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
7966 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
7967 into the twofold-nested
7975 \begin_layout Enumerate
7976 The same thing happens if we do another
7984 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
7987 \begin_layout Standard
7988 Lastly, we reset the environment to
7993 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling
8007 environments surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for
8013 The same rule applies for the
8017 environment, as well.
8020 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8021 Example 4: Going Bonkers
8024 \begin_layout Enumerate
8025 We're going to go totally nuts now.
8026 We won't nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into the
8027 same detail with how we did it.
8036 \begin_layout Standard
8039 Return, S-M-Right, Standard
8041 : level #2) We'll stick an encapsulated description of how we created the
8042 example in parentheses someplace.
8043 For example, the two keybindings are how we changed the depth.
8044 The environment name is the name of the current environment.
8045 Either before or after this, we'll put in the level.
8049 \begin_layout Enumerate
8054 : level #1) This is the next item in the list.
8059 Now we'll add verse.
8060 \begin_inset Newline newline
8063 It will get much worse.
8064 \begin_inset Newline newline
8069 Return, S-M-Right, Verse
8075 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
8076 \begin_inset Newline newline
8079 Bippitey boppitey boo!
8080 \begin_inset Newline newline
8093 \begin_layout Standard
8094 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8100 \begin_layout Standard
8102 \begin_inset Tabular
8103 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8105 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8106 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8108 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
8111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8126 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8146 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
8149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8164 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8194 M-Return, Table, S-M-Right
8198 M-Return, Verse, S-M-Left
8204 \begin_layout Enumerate
8209 : level #1) This is another item.
8210 Note that selecting a
8214 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
8215 3 times to put the table inside the
8223 \begin_layout Quotation
8224 We're now ending the
8228 list and changing to
8233 We're still at level #1.
8234 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
8235 The next set of paragraphs is a
8236 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8240 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8250 \begin_inset space ~
8255 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
8259 for the letter body.
8264 to preserve the depth.
8265 Remember that you need to use
8269 to create multiple lines inside the
8276 \begin_inset space ~
8286 \begin_layout Right Address
8288 \begin_inset Newline newline
8291 Moosegroin, MT 00100
8292 \begin_inset Newline newline
8298 \begin_layout Address
8300 \begin_inset space ~
8306 \begin_layout Quotation
8307 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50
8308 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
8311 L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
8312 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
8313 a backlog in our orders for methane.
8314 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
8315 as soon as possible.
8316 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
8319 \begin_layout Quotation
8320 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
8321 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
8322 with your order, along with payment.
8325 \begin_layout Quotation
8326 We thank you again for your patience.
8329 \begin_layout Address
8331 \begin_inset Newline newline
8338 \begin_layout Quotation
8339 That ends that example!
8342 \begin_layout Standard
8343 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
8344 just a few keystrokes.
8345 We could have easily nested an
8366 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
8369 \begin_layout Section
8370 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
8374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8383 \begin_layout Standard
8384 What is a space? While you might be used to press the space key anytime
8385 you want to separate two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers
8386 you more spaces: Spaces of different width and spaces which can or cannot
8387 be broken at the end of a line.
8388 The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
8392 \begin_layout Subsection
8394 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8396 name "sub:Protected-Space"
8404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8413 \begin_layout Standard
8414 The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
8416 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky linebreaks, like in:
8420 Further documentation is given in section
8421 \begin_inset Newline newline
8425 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8427 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8435 \begin_layout Standard
8436 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
8437 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8441 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8445 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8449 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8451 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8456 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8460 A protected space is set with
8462 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8463 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8467 \begin_inset space ~
8481 \begin_layout Subsection
8483 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8485 name "sub:Horizontal-Space"
8493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8494 Spacing ! Horizontal
8502 \begin_layout Standard
8503 All horizontal spaces can be inserted with the menu
8505 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8506 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8510 The length units are listed in Appendix
8511 \begin_inset space ~
8515 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8517 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
8524 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8526 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8528 name "sub:Inter-word-Space"
8536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8545 \begin_layout Standard
8547 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8551 \begin_inset space \space{}
8554 English) have the typographical convention to add extra space after an end-of-se
8555 ntence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventions (see section
8556 \begin_inset space ~
8560 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8562 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
8567 Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless.
8568 In this case, insert an inter-word space (shortcut
8575 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8577 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8579 name "sub:Thin-Space"
8587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8596 \begin_layout Standard
8598 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8602 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8605 is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
8606 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8610 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8614 The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
8615 thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance
8616 inside abbreviations:
8621 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8625 Knuth has developed our beloved typesetting program, i.
8626 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8630 \begin_inset space \space{}
8636 \begin_layout Standard
8637 or between values and units.
8638 Compare for example this:
8639 \begin_inset Newline newline
8643 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8647 \begin_inset Newline newline
8653 \begin_layout Standard
8654 You can insert thin spaces also with the menu
8656 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8657 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8659 \begin_inset space ~
8671 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8673 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8675 name "sub:More-Spaces"
8682 \begin_layout Standard
8683 You can furthermore insert the following space types:
8686 \begin_layout Description
8688 \begin_inset space ~
8692 \begin_inset space ~
8696 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8700 \begin_inset space \negthinspace{}
8704 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8707 Negative thin space between the arrows.
8710 \begin_layout Description
8712 \begin_inset space ~
8716 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8720 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8724 \begin_inset space \enskip{}
8728 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8732 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8735 em) space between the arrows.
8738 \begin_layout Description
8740 \begin_inset space ~
8744 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8748 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8752 \begin_inset space \quad{}
8756 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8760 \begin_inset space ~
8764 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8767 em) space between the arrows.
8770 \begin_layout Description
8772 \begin_inset space ~
8776 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8780 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8784 \begin_inset space \qquad{}
8788 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8792 \begin_inset space ~
8796 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8799 em) space between the arrows.
8802 \begin_layout Description
8804 \begin_inset space ~
8808 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8812 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
8817 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8821 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8824 cm space between the arrows.
8827 \begin_layout Standard
8829 \begin_inset space ~
8833 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8835 reference "tab:Width-of-the"
8839 lists the different space sizes.
8842 \begin_layout Standard
8843 \begin_inset Float table
8848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8850 \begin_inset Caption
8852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8853 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8855 name "tab:Width-of-the"
8859 Width of the different horizontal spaces.
8867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8869 \begin_inset Tabular
8870 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="8" columns="2">
8872 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
8873 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
8875 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8886 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8899 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8908 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8913 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8923 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8932 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8937 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8947 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8956 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8961 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8971 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8980 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8985 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8995 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9000 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9008 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9013 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9023 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9028 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9036 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9041 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9051 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9056 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9064 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9069 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9090 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9108 \begin_layout Standard
9109 Horizontal fills (HFills) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space
9110 in a uniform fashion.
9111 An HFill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals
9112 the remaining space between the left and right margins.
9113 If there is more than one HFill on a line, they divide the available space
9114 equally between themselves.
9118 \begin_layout Standard
9119 Here a few examples what you can do with them:
9124 This is on the left side
9125 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9128 This is on the right
9134 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9138 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9147 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9151 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9155 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9161 \begin_layout Standard
9162 That was an example in the
9168 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9172 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9176 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9179 is one in a standard paragraph.
9180 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
9184 sitting in-between the two arrows.
9187 \begin_layout Standard
9188 There may be more than one set of margins on a line.
9189 Here's an example with the
9196 \begin_layout Labeling
9197 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9199 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9203 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9207 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9211 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9217 \begin_layout Standard
9219 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9223 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9226 marks the beginning of the item.
9227 (There is actually a
9228 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9232 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9235 HFill inside of the label of the
9239 environment; it's put at the end of the label automatically.) HFills work
9241 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9245 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9248 situations, like two-column mode.
9251 \begin_layout Standard
9252 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
9255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9260 If an HFill is at the beginning of a line, and
9264 in the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
9265 This prevents HFills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
9266 If you need space in this case anyway, set the
9270 option in the space dialog.
9278 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9292 \begin_layout Standard
9293 Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase.
9295 you want to create the following multiple choice question:
9298 \begin_layout Standard
9299 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
9302 What is correct English?:
9303 \begin_inset Newline newline
9307 \begin_inset Newline newline
9311 \begin_inset space ~
9314 Edge would have been jumps the gun.
9315 \begin_inset Newline newline
9322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9333 \begin_inset Newline newline
9340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9351 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
9357 \begin_layout Standard
9358 So that the choices appear exactly after the phrase
9359 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9363 \begin_inset space ~
9367 \begin_inset space ~
9371 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9375 To get this, you can use the LaTeX-command
9385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9387 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9391 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9393 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
9397 for more information about TeX-Code.
9403 In our case write the command
9410 (note the space after
9411 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9415 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9418 ) at the beginning of the last two lines.
9419 The command prints out the phrase within the the two braces, but invisible.
9420 That is why it is named
9421 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9425 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9433 There exists also the commands
9445 , but this too special for the LyX Userguide.
9446 If you are interested in knowing more about this, have a look at
9447 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
9449 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
9461 \begin_layout Subsection
9463 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9465 name "sub:Vertical-Space"
9473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9482 \begin_layout Standard
9483 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the
9485 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9486 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9488 \begin_inset space ~
9494 There you find the following sizes:
9497 \begin_layout Standard
9510 are LaTeX sizes which depends on the font size of the document.
9515 is the skip adjusted in the dialog
9517 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9530 for the paragraph separation.
9531 If you use indentation to separate paragraphs
9542 \begin_layout Standard
9551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9557 is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page.
9558 An example: You have only two short paragraphs on one page with a vfill
9560 Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second
9561 one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal.
9570 s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
9574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9579 s are described in section
9580 \begin_inset space ~
9584 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9586 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
9595 If there are several
9599 s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
9600 You can therefore use
9604 s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page.
9607 \begin_layout Standard
9612 are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix
9613 \begin_inset space ~
9617 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9619 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
9626 \begin_layout Standard
9627 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
9630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9637 When the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
9638 a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option
9650 \begin_layout Subsection
9654 \begin_layout Standard
9655 You can change the paragraph alignment with the
9657 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9661 There are four possibilities:
9664 \begin_layout Itemize
9670 \begin_layout Itemize
9676 \begin_layout Itemize
9682 \begin_layout Itemize
9688 \begin_layout Standard
9689 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
9690 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
9691 the left and right margins.
9692 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
9695 \begin_layout Standard
9697 This paragraph is right aligned,
9700 \begin_layout Standard
9702 this one is centered,
9705 \begin_layout Standard
9707 this one is left aligned.
9710 \begin_layout Subsection
9715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9722 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9724 name "sub:Forced-Pagebreaks"
9731 \begin_layout Standard
9732 If you don't like the way LaTeX does the pagebreaks in your document, you
9733 can force a pagebreak where you want one.
9734 Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at pagebreaking.
9735 Only if you use many
9739 , LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail.
9742 \begin_layout Standard
9743 We recommend not to use forced pagebreaks until the text is finished, and
9744 until you have checked in the preview to see if you
9748 have to change the pagebreaking.
9751 \begin_layout Standard
9752 There are two types of pagebreaks: One that ends the page without any special
9754 This can be inserted above or below a paragraph via the menu
9756 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9757 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9759 \begin_inset space ~
9765 The second type, that is inserted via the menu
9767 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9768 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9770 \begin_inset space ~
9775 , ends a page but stretches the content of the page, so that it fills out
9777 This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a pagebreak produces a page
9778 on which only the last few lines are absent.
9781 \begin_layout Standard
9782 You might try to use a pagebreak to ensure that a figure or table appears
9783 at the top of a page.
9784 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
9785 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
9786 appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without
9787 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
9789 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9791 reference "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
9802 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9804 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9806 name "sub:Clear-Pages"
9814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9823 \begin_layout Standard
9824 Differently to forced pagebreaks where the content behind the break is directly
9825 placed at the next page, pages can also be cleared while breaking them.
9826 That means that the current paragraph is terminated and all, perhaps not
9827 yet processed floats from previous document parts are placed behind it,
9828 if necessary by adding pages.
9831 \begin_layout Standard
9832 You can insert a clear pagebreak with the menu
9834 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9835 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9837 \begin_inset space ~
9843 When you have a two-sided document like a book, you can use the menu
9845 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9846 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9848 \begin_inset space ~
9852 \begin_inset space ~
9857 to insert a clear pagebreak that assures that the next page is a right-hand
9858 page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page.
9861 \begin_layout Subsection
9866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9873 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9875 name "sub:Forced-Linebreaks"
9882 \begin_layout Standard
9883 Similar to pagebreaks there are two types of linebreaks: One that simply
9885 You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting
9887 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9888 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9890 \begin_inset space ~
9894 \begin_inset space ~
9904 Another type that is inserted via the menu
9906 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9907 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9909 \begin_inset space ~
9913 \begin_inset space ~
9918 breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the whole space between
9920 This is necessary to avoid
9921 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9925 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9928 in justified paragraphs due to whitespace introduced by linebreaks.
9931 \begin_layout Standard
9932 You shouldn't use forced linebreaks to correct LaTeX's linebreaking, as
9933 LaTeX is very good at linebreaking.
9934 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
9935 set a linebreak, e.g.
9936 in a poem or for an address (see sections
9937 \begin_inset space ~
9941 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9943 reference "sec:Quote"
9948 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9950 reference "sec:Verse"
9955 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9957 reference "sec:Address-Usage"
9964 \begin_layout Subsection
9966 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9968 name "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
9976 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9985 \begin_layout Standard
9990 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9991 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9993 \begin_inset space ~
9998 you can insert horizontal lines that spans over the whole document columns
10004 \begin_layout Section
10005 Characters and Symbols
10008 \begin_layout Standard
10009 You can directly enter all characters that are available on your keyboard.
10010 You can also use special keyboard maps to be able to enter e.
10011 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10015 \begin_inset space ~
10018 characters needed for French with an English keyboard.
10020 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10024 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10026 reference "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
10030 for informations how this is done.
10033 \begin_layout Standard
10034 For the case where you need a character that is not on your keyboard, you
10039 dialog via the menu
10041 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10042 Special Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10048 \begin_layout Standard
10049 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10052 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10057 Maybe not all symbols inserted with the symbols dialog can be displayed
10058 when you are using a special screen font in LyX's preferences.
10059 But the inserted symbols will in every case be displayed in the output.
10067 \begin_layout Section
10068 Fonts and Text Styles
10069 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10071 name "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
10078 \begin_layout Subsection
10083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10092 \begin_layout Standard
10093 There are two types of fonts:
10096 \begin_layout Description
10098 \begin_inset space ~
10105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10111 are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (i.e.
10112 characters) in the font.
10113 This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are
10114 well suited for scaling to any requested size.
10115 This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the
10116 curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
10117 This means that outline fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
10118 Only at very small sizes it might be hard to provide a good rendering at
10119 very small sizes, where each pixel has to be very carefully computed to
10120 provide a good image.
10121 \begin_inset Newline newline
10124 One could mean that one only needs to define one font size and scale them.
10125 But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes.
10126 That improves the appearance, because you need more details at large font
10127 sizes than at small ones.
10128 \begin_inset Newline newline
10142 \begin_inset space ~
10150 \begin_layout Description
10152 \begin_inset space ~
10159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10165 on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start, so they
10166 will look good at all the sizes they are meant for.
10167 However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each
10168 pixel is enlarged into several pixels.
10169 It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in a
10170 picture manipulation program.
10171 In order to relieve this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in
10172 several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to 34 pixels
10173 or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
10174 The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary
10175 to display each glyph, so bitmap fonts are thus faster displayed than scalable
10177 The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exists as fixed versions have
10178 to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad.
10179 \begin_inset Newline newline
10182 Bitmap fonts are named
10185 \begin_inset space ~
10190 in PostScript- and PDF-documents.
10193 \begin_layout Standard
10194 The result of all this, is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they
10195 are designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
10196 So one need less font size definitions for scalable fonts.
10197 That's the reason why nearly all text render and typesetting programs use
10201 \begin_layout Standard
10202 To test which fonts are used in a PDF-document, you can have a look into
10203 its document properties.
10206 \begin_layout Standard
10207 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
10208 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
10209 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
10210 font to emphasize text, you use an
10211 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10215 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10219 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
10220 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
10224 \begin_layout Subsection
10225 Document Font and Font size
10226 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10228 name "sub:Document-Font"
10236 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10255 \begin_layout Standard
10256 You can set the document fonts in the
10258 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10266 Document ! Settings
10272 There you can specify which font should be used for the three different
10273 font shapes roman (serif),
10276 \begin_inset space ~
10288 \begin_layout Standard
10289 The possible options for the font include
10293 and a list of fonts available on your system.
10298 uses the standard TeX fonts, known as
10299 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10307 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10315 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10320 European Computer Modern
10323 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10333 \begin_layout Standard
10342 are bitmap fonts, they often looks pixeled in PDF output, especially when
10343 you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
10347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10348 This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in
10351 \begin_inset space ~
10356 version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
10362 To get rid of pixeled fonts, you have to use a vector font.
10363 There are three ways to use one:
10366 \begin_layout Itemize
10367 One way is to use the
10377 Virtual means that it
10378 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10382 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10389 -glyphs from other fonts.
10390 This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
10392 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10396 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10400 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10404 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10412 Loading the LaTeX-package
10420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10421 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! aeguill
10426 with the document preamble line
10429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10434 usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
10437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10438 will fix the guillemet problem.
10443 and that accented characters are not
10447 glyph, they are build of
10451 characters, the accent and the letter.
10452 Therefore you can't search in documents using the
10456 fonts for words with accented characters.
10457 If you search for example for the French word
10458 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10462 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10465 in a PDF, you won't get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches for
10467 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10471 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10474 and not for the glyph
10475 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10479 \begin_inset space ~
10483 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10489 \begin_layout Itemize
10490 Another possibility is to use three different outline fonts
10494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10503 , consists of these three main font types
10506 \begin_inset space ~
10527 \begin_inset space ~
10537 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10541 \begin_inset space ~
10548 as typewriter font.
10549 \begin_inset Newline newline
10552 The differences between roman,
10555 \begin_inset space ~
10564 fonts are explained in section
10565 \begin_inset space ~
10569 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10571 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
10576 \begin_inset Newline newline
10582 \begin_inset space ~
10587 was originally designed for newspapers.
10588 That means its glyphs are smaller than the one from other fonts to fit
10589 into the small newspaper columns.
10593 \begin_inset space ~
10598 is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
10601 \begin_layout Itemize
10602 The best solution is to use the
10607 These fonts are developed in order of the LaTeX community to replace
10614 \begin_layout Standard
10615 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
10618 For the font size there are four possible values:
10635 depends on your LaTeX-system, normally it is equal to the font size 10.
10638 \begin_layout Standard
10639 The font sizes are the
10644 LyX actually scales all other possible font sizes (such as those used in
10645 footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
10646 You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the
10649 \begin_inset space ~
10655 The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section
10656 \begin_inset space ~
10660 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10662 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
10669 \begin_layout Standard
10670 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
10674 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10682 When you choose a new font or font size, LyX does
10686 change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output;
10687 this is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
10688 LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
10690 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10693 dialog, see section
10694 \begin_inset space ~
10698 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10700 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
10712 \begin_layout Subsection
10713 Using Different Character Styles
10717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10736 \begin_layout Standard
10737 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
10738 certain paragraph environments.
10739 LyX supports two character styles,
10748 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
10752 \begin_layout Standard
10757 style, do one of the following:
10760 \begin_layout Itemize
10761 click on the toolbar button
10762 \begin_inset Graphics
10763 filename ../images/font-noun.png
10770 \begin_layout Itemize
10771 use the key binding
10774 \begin_inset space ~
10780 \begin_layout Standard
10781 These commands are all toggles.
10786 style is already active, they deactivate it.
10789 \begin_layout Standard
10790 One typically uses the
10794 style for proper names.
10796 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10803 is the original author of LyX.
10804 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10810 \begin_layout Standard
10811 A more widely used character style is the
10816 You can activate (or deactivate - it's also a toggle) the
10823 \begin_layout Itemize
10824 clicking on the toolbar button
10825 \begin_inset Graphics
10826 filename ../images/font-emph.png
10833 \begin_layout Itemize
10834 using the keybindings
10837 \begin_inset space ~
10843 \begin_layout Standard
10848 style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag
10849 es use a different font.
10852 \begin_layout Standard
10853 We've been using the
10857 style all over the place in this document.
10858 Here's one more example:
10861 \begin_layout Quotation
10864 Don't overuse character styles!
10867 \begin_layout Standard
10868 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
10869 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
10870 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
10871 the common tendency to overuse character style.
10875 \begin_layout Standard
10876 You can always reset to the default font using the key binding
10879 \begin_inset space ~
10886 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10888 \begin_inset space ~
10896 \begin_layout Subsection
10897 Fine-Tuning with the
10902 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10904 name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
10912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10921 \begin_layout Standard
10922 There are always occasions when you'll need to do some fine-tuning, so LyX
10923 gives you a way to create custom character style.
10924 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
10925 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
10926 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
10927 from ordinary dialog.
10930 \begin_layout Standard
10931 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
10932 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles!
10933 \begin_inset Newline newline
10936 Documents that overuse different fonts and sizes are not well readable and
10937 tend to look like someone has knocked huge holes in it.
10940 \begin_layout Standard
10941 To use custom character styles, open the
10943 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10945 \begin_inset space ~
10951 There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
10952 font property which you can choose.
10953 You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
10956 \begin_inset space ~
10961 , which keeps the current state of that property.
10966 will reset the property to whatever is the default.
10967 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
10968 environments in a snap.
10971 \begin_layout Standard
10972 The font properties, and their options (in addition to
10975 \begin_inset space ~
10987 \begin_layout Labeling
10988 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10994 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10998 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11002 The possible options are:
11006 \begin_layout Labeling
11007 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11012 This is the Roman font family.
11013 Normally a serif font.
11014 It's also the default family.
11019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11031 \begin_inset space ~
11040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11048 \begin_inset Note Note
11051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11052 The LaTeX-command prevents text to be broken at the end of a line.
11053 It is explained in section
11054 \begin_inset space ~
11058 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11060 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
11072 \begin_layout Labeling
11073 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11077 \begin_inset space ~
11084 This is the Sans Serif font family.
11091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11103 \begin_inset space ~
11112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11122 \begin_layout Labeling
11123 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11130 This is the Typewriter font family.
11137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11149 \begin_inset space ~
11158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11171 \begin_layout Labeling
11172 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11177 This corresponds to the print weight.
11182 \begin_layout Labeling
11183 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11188 This is the Medium font series.
11189 It's also the default series.
11192 \begin_layout Labeling
11193 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11200 This is the Bold font series.
11207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11219 \begin_inset space ~
11228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11239 \begin_layout Labeling
11240 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11245 As the name implies.
11250 \begin_layout Labeling
11251 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11256 This is the Upright font shape.
11257 It's also the default shape.
11260 \begin_layout Labeling
11261 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11275 s the Italic font shape
11281 \begin_layout Labeling
11282 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11289 This is the Slanted font shape
11291 (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic).
11294 \begin_layout Labeling
11295 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11299 \begin_inset space ~
11306 This is the Small caps font shape
11313 \begin_layout Labeling
11314 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11319 Alters the size of the font.
11320 You'll find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportio
11321 nal to the document font size.
11322 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
11323 what you want to do.
11328 \begin_layout Labeling
11329 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11337 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11341 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11363 \begin_inset space ~
11372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11395 \begin_inset space ~
11404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11414 \begin_layout Labeling
11415 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11423 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11427 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11449 \begin_inset space ~
11458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11468 \begin_layout Labeling
11469 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11477 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11481 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11503 \begin_inset space ~
11512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11535 \begin_inset space ~
11544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11554 \begin_layout Labeling
11555 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11563 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11567 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11589 \begin_inset space ~
11598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11621 \begin_inset space ~
11630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11640 \begin_layout Labeling
11641 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11647 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11651 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11655 It's also the default size.
11660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11672 \begin_inset space ~
11681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11704 \begin_inset space ~
11713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11723 \begin_layout Labeling
11724 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11732 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11736 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11758 \begin_inset space ~
11767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11790 \begin_inset space ~
11799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11809 \begin_layout Labeling
11810 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11818 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11822 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11844 \begin_inset space ~
11853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11876 \begin_inset space ~
11885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11895 \begin_layout Labeling
11896 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11904 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11908 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11930 \begin_inset space ~
11939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11949 \begin_layout Labeling
11950 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11958 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11962 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11984 \begin_inset space ~
11993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12016 \begin_inset space ~
12025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12035 \begin_layout Labeling
12036 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12044 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12048 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12070 \begin_inset space ~
12079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12102 \begin_inset space ~
12111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12122 \begin_layout Standard
12127 : don't go crazy with this feature.
12128 You should almost never need to change the font size.
12129 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
12130 - use that instead.
12131 This is here for fine-tuning only!
12134 \begin_layout Labeling
12135 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12140 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
12145 \begin_layout Labeling
12146 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12153 This is text with emphasize on
12156 This might seem like the same as
12160 , but it is actually a bit different.
12166 That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
12168 Normally this font is equal to italic.
12171 \begin_layout Labeling
12172 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12179 This is text with Underbar on.
12186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12198 \begin_inset space ~
12207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12217 \begin_inset Newline newline
12222 Avoid using underbar if you can! It's a holdover from the typewriter days,
12223 when you couldn't change fonts.
12224 We no longer need to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
12225 It's only included in LyX because some people
12229 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
12232 \begin_layout Labeling
12233 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12240 This is text with Noun on.
12247 , this is a logical attribute.
12248 Normally it's equivalent to
12251 \begin_inset space ~
12260 \begin_layout Labeling
12261 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12266 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
12267 Notice that not all DVI-viewers are able to display colors.
12271 \begin_inset space ~
12276 , which is the default
12277 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12281 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12284 and means normally black, you can choose between
12320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12329 \begin_layout Labeling
12330 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12335 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
12336 the language of the document.
12337 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
12341 \begin_layout Standard
12342 So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
12343 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
12345 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12347 \begin_inset space ~
12352 dialog, the settings are saved.
12353 You can activate them using the toolbar button
12354 \begin_inset Graphics
12355 filename ../images/textstyle-apply.png
12360 The button lets you toggle the state of your custom character style even
12361 when the dialog isn't visible.
12365 \begin_layout Standard
12366 To completely reset the character style to the default, use
12369 \begin_inset space ~
12375 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
12376 (suppose you just set the shape to
12377 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12381 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12385 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12389 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12395 \begin_inset space ~
12407 \begin_layout Standard
12408 You should also know something about the differences between the three main
12416 \begin_inset space ~
12428 \begin_layout Itemize
12434 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12438 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12441 font, that means every character has the same width, the
12442 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12446 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12450 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12454 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12459 \begin_inset Newline newline
12466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12479 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12491 \begin_inset Note Note
12494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12495 For more on phantoms see section
12496 \begin_inset space ~
12500 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12502 reference "sub:More-Spaces"
12512 \begin_inset Newline newline
12518 \begin_layout Itemize
12523 fonts use characters with serifs.
12524 These are the small
12525 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12529 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12532 at all ends of of the streaks that form the character.
12533 The following example will show the difference:
12534 \begin_inset Newline newline
12538 \begin_inset Newline newline
12543 text without serifs
12546 \begin_inset Newline newline
12549 Serifs facilitates an easy and fast reading.
12550 They are therefore used as default font (named
12557 \begin_layout Itemize
12563 This font type is therefore often used for headings and short texts.
12564 We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
12567 \begin_layout Standard
12568 We conclude with the same warning once again: Don't overuse the fonts.
12569 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
12572 \begin_layout Section
12573 Printing and Previewing
12576 \begin_layout Subsection
12580 \begin_layout Standard
12581 Now that we've covered some of the basic features of document preparation
12582 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
12583 Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
12584 goes on behind-the-scenes.
12585 We cover these informations in much greater detail in the
12588 \begin_inset space ~
12596 \begin_layout Standard
12597 LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend.
12598 LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
12599 confusion, we'll only refer to LaTeX.
12600 LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
12601 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
12602 This happens in two stages:
12605 \begin_layout Enumerate
12606 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
12607 generating a file with the extension,
12608 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12616 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12622 \begin_layout Enumerate
12623 Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the
12627 file to produce printable output.
12631 \begin_layout Subsection
12632 Output file formats
12636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12643 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12645 name "sub:Output-file-formats"
12652 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12658 File formats ! ASCII
12666 \begin_layout Standard
12667 This file type has the extension
12668 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12676 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12680 It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
12681 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12684 American Standard Code for Information Interchange
12685 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12691 \begin_layout Standard
12692 You can export your document to ASCII by the menu
12694 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12695 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12701 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12706 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12707 File formats ! Latex@LaTeX
12715 \begin_layout Standard
12716 This file type has the extension
12717 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12725 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12728 and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process
12730 If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process
12731 it manually with console commands.
12732 The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever
12733 you view or export your document.
12736 \begin_layout Standard
12737 You can export your document as LaTeX-file using the menu
12739 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12740 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12757 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12771 \begin_layout Standard
12772 This file type has the extension
12773 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12781 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12786 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12790 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12793 (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
12794 to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
12795 At the time when this file-format was developed, this was no matter of
12797 DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats,
12801 \begin_layout Standard
12802 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
12805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12810 The DVI file doesn't contain images, they will only be a linked.
12811 So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs.
12816 This property can also slow down your computer when you view the DVI.
12817 Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the image in the background to make
12818 it visible when you scroll in the DVI.
12819 So we recommend to use PDF for files with many images.
12822 \begin_layout Standard
12823 You can export your document to DVI by the menu
12825 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12826 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12832 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12838 File formats ! PostScript
12846 \begin_layout Standard
12847 This file type has the extension
12848 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12856 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12860 PostScript was developed by the company
12864 as printer language.
12865 The file contains therefore commands that the printer uses to print the
12867 PostScript can be seen as
12868 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12871 programming language
12872 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12875 ; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images.
12879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12880 If you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-package
12889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12890 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! pstricks
12900 Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs.
12903 \begin_layout Standard
12904 PostScript can only contain images in the format
12905 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12908 Encapsulated PostScript
12909 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12912 (EPS, file extension
12913 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12921 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12925 As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
12926 to convert them in the background to EPS.
12927 If you have e.g 50 images in your document, LyX has to do 50 conversions
12928 whenever you view or export your document.
12929 This will slow down your workflow with LyX drastically.
12930 So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
12931 EPS to avoid this problem.
12934 \begin_layout Standard
12935 You can export your document to PostScript using the menu
12937 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12938 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12944 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12968 \begin_layout Standard
12969 This file type has the extension
12970 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12978 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12983 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12986 Portable Document Format
12987 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12990 (PDF) is developed by
12994 as derivative from PostScript.
12995 It is more compressed and it uses much less commands than PostScript.
12997 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13001 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13004 implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output
13005 looks exactly the same.
13008 \begin_layout Standard
13009 PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats
13010 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13013 Joint Photographic Experts Group
13014 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13017 (JPG, file extension
13018 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13026 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13030 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13038 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13042 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13045 Portable Network Graphics
13046 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13049 (PNG, file extension
13050 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13058 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13062 You can although use any other image format, because LyX converts them
13063 in the background to one of these formats.
13064 But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
13065 will slow down your workflow.
13066 So we recommend to use images in one of the three mentioned formats.
13069 \begin_layout Standard
13070 You can export your document to PDF via the menu
13072 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13075 in three different ways:
13078 \begin_layout Description
13079 PDF This uses the program
13083 that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file.
13084 The PostScript-version is produced by the program
13088 which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step.
13089 So this export variant consist of three conversions.
13092 \begin_layout Description
13094 \begin_inset space ~
13097 (dvipdfm) This uses the program
13101 that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to
13105 \begin_layout Description
13107 \begin_inset space ~
13110 (pdflatex) This uses the program
13114 that converts your file directly to PDF.
13117 \begin_layout Standard
13118 We recommend to use
13121 \begin_inset space ~
13130 supports all features of actual PDF-versions, is quick and works stable
13136 is no more under development and therefore a bit outdated.
13139 \begin_layout Subsection
13144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13153 \begin_layout Standard
13154 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the pagebreaks
13155 in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
13159 and choose a file type.
13160 A viewing program will popup showing the output.
13163 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13166 you can use the toolbar button
13167 \begin_inset Graphics
13168 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
13178 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13180 \begin_inset space ~
13186 \begin_inset Graphics
13187 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
13193 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13197 \begin_inset Graphics
13198 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
13209 \begin_layout Standard
13210 If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
13211 viewer window using the menu
13213 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13219 \begin_layout Standard
13220 When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary
13222 To have a real output, export your document.
13225 \begin_layout Subsection
13226 Printing the File from within LyX
13227 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13229 name "sub:Printing-the-File"
13236 \begin_layout Standard
13237 Instead of exporting your file and then printing them, you can also print
13238 it directly from within LyX.
13239 To print a file, select the menu
13241 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13244 or click on the toolbar button
13245 \begin_inset Graphics
13246 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
13251 LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI.
13252 This file is then processed by the program
13256 to PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program
13261 Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest.
13264 \begin_layout Standard
13265 You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages - this
13266 is useful for printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages after
13267 printing one set to print on the other side.
13268 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
13269 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
13270 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
13273 \begin_layout Standard
13274 You can set the parameters in the
13277 \begin_inset space ~
13285 \begin_layout Labeling
13286 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13291 This is the name of the printer to print to.
13295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13296 Note that this printer name is for the program
13305 has to be configured for this printer name.
13306 The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see section
13307 \begin_inset space ~
13311 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13313 reference "sub:Printer"
13322 The printer should understand PostScript.
13325 \begin_layout Labeling
13326 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13331 The name of a file to print to.
13332 The output will be a PostScript file.
13333 It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full
13337 \begin_layout Section
13338 A few Words about Typography
13342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13351 \begin_layout Subsection
13356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13363 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13372 \begin_layout Standard
13374 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13382 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13385 character comes in three lengths, often called the
13400 \begin_layout Enumerate
13402 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13406 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13410 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13418 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13424 \begin_layout Enumerate
13426 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13430 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13434 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13455 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13461 \begin_layout Enumerate
13463 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13467 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13471 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13505 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13511 \begin_layout Enumerate
13513 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13517 \begin_inset Formula $-$
13521 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13525 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13533 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13539 \begin_layout Standard
13540 You generate them by inserting the
13541 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13549 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13552 character multiple times in a row.
13553 They are automatically converted to the appropriate length dash in the
13554 final output, but not in LyX.
13557 \begin_layout Standard
13558 The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
13559 math mode and has a length of its own.
13560 Here are some examples of the
13561 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13569 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13575 \begin_layout Enumerate
13576 line- and page-breaks
13577 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13587 \begin_layout Enumerate
13589 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13599 \begin_layout Enumerate
13600 Oh --- there's a dash.
13601 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13611 \begin_layout Enumerate
13612 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
13616 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13626 \begin_layout Subsection
13631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13638 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13640 name "sub:Hyphenation"
13647 \begin_layout Standard
13648 Words aren't hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
13649 Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package
13657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13658 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! babel
13663 following the rules of the document language
13667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13668 For German readers: That's one of the main differences between the languages
13676 \begin_inset space ~
13680 \begin_inset space ~
13687 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13698 \begin_layout Standard
13699 LaTeX hyphenates nearly perfectly, it has only problems with text in the
13704 and with unusual constructs, like
13705 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13709 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13713 If LaTeX can't break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points manually.
13714 This is done with the menu
13716 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13717 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13719 \begin_inset space ~
13725 These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
13726 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them.
13729 \begin_layout Standard
13730 Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs to be hyphenated.
13731 The keybindings/shortcuts in this document consists of three letters with
13732 a hyphen and a space in the form
13733 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13737 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13741 LaTeX finds there the hyphen
13742 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13746 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13749 as hyphenation possibility.
13750 Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
13751 To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, we can put it in the argument
13752 of the LaTeX-box-command
13758 , because text within LaTeX-boxes can't be hyphenated.
13759 As LyX doesn't support
13765 , we have to use TeX Code.
13766 The result looks in LyX like:
13769 \begin_layout Standard
13770 \begin_inset Graphics
13771 filename clipart/mbox.png
13778 \begin_layout Standard
13779 To learn more about TeX Code, have a look at section
13780 \begin_inset space ~
13784 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13786 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
13793 \begin_layout Subsection
13798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13807 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13808 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
13809 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13811 name "sub:Abbreviations"
13818 \begin_layout Standard
13819 When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
13820 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
13821 LaTeX then adds the
13822 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13825 appropriate amount of space
13826 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13830 That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
13832 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses.
13835 \begin_layout Standard
13836 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation works
13839 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13847 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13850 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
13851 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
13854 \begin_layout Standard
13855 Here are some examples of
13859 abbreviations and the end of a sentence:
13862 \begin_layout Itemize
13867 \begin_layout Itemize
13872 \begin_layout Standard
13873 And here's an example of the algorithm going wrong:
13876 \begin_layout Itemize
13879 this is too much space!
13882 \begin_layout Itemize
13887 \begin_layout Standard
13888 You won't see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
13891 \begin_layout Standard
13892 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
13895 \begin_layout Enumerate
13899 \begin_inset space ~
13904 after lowercase abbreviations (see section
13905 \begin_inset space ~
13909 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13911 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
13919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13920 Spaces ! inter-word
13928 \begin_layout Enumerate
13932 \begin_inset space ~
13937 between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section
13938 \begin_inset space ~
13942 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13944 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
13952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13961 \begin_layout Enumerate
13965 \begin_inset space ~
13969 \begin_inset space ~
13973 \begin_inset space ~
13980 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13982 \begin_inset space ~
13987 menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
13988 This function is also bound to
13995 \begin_layout Standard
13996 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
13999 \begin_layout Itemize
14001 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14005 \begin_inset space \space{}
14008 this is too much space!
14011 \begin_layout Itemize
14012 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
14016 \begin_layout Standard
14017 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
14018 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because the
14019 LaTeX will care about this.
14022 \begin_layout Standard
14023 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
14027 \begin_inset space ~
14032 feature described in section
14043 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14049 Typography ! Quotes
14058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14087 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14096 \begin_layout Standard
14097 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
14098 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
14099 and use a closing quote at the end.
14101 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14105 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14109 The keyboard character,
14113 , generates this automatically.
14116 \begin_layout Standard
14117 You can change the behavior of the
14121 key using the submenu
14127 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14135 Document ! Settings
14143 \begin_layout Standard
14144 You can also select quotes for different languages in the box
14149 There are six choices:
14152 \begin_layout Labeling
14153 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14156 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14160 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14165 Use quotes like this
14166 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14170 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14174 \begin_inset Quotes els
14178 \begin_inset Quotes ers
14184 \begin_layout Labeling
14185 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14188 \begin_inset Quotes sld
14192 \begin_inset Quotes srd
14198 \begin_inset Quotes sld
14202 \begin_inset Quotes srd
14206 \begin_inset Quotes ers
14212 \begin_layout Labeling
14213 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14216 \begin_inset Quotes gld
14220 \begin_inset Quotes grd
14226 \begin_inset Quotes gld
14230 \begin_inset Quotes grd
14234 \begin_inset Quotes gls
14238 \begin_inset Quotes grs
14244 \begin_layout Labeling
14245 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14248 \begin_inset Quotes pld
14252 \begin_inset Quotes prd
14258 \begin_inset Quotes pld
14262 \begin_inset Quotes prd
14266 \begin_inset Quotes pls
14270 \begin_inset Quotes prs
14276 \begin_layout Labeling
14277 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14280 \begin_inset Quotes fld
14284 \begin_inset Quotes frd
14290 \begin_inset Quotes fld
14294 \begin_inset Quotes frd
14298 \begin_inset Quotes fls
14302 \begin_inset Quotes frs
14308 \begin_layout Labeling
14309 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14312 \begin_inset Quotes ald
14316 \begin_inset Quotes ard
14322 \begin_inset Quotes ald
14326 \begin_inset Quotes ard
14330 \begin_inset Quotes als
14334 \begin_inset Quotes ars
14340 \begin_layout Standard
14341 These settings affects what character the
14348 \begin_layout Subsection
14353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14354 Typography ! Ligatures
14363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14392 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14394 name "sub:Ligatures"
14401 \begin_layout Standard
14402 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
14403 print them as single characters.
14404 These groups are known as
14409 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too
14411 Here are the standard ligatures:
14414 \begin_layout Itemize
14418 \begin_layout Itemize
14422 \begin_layout Itemize
14426 \begin_layout Itemize
14430 \begin_layout Itemize
14434 \begin_layout Standard
14435 Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
14438 \begin_layout Standard
14439 Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
14440 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
14441 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14445 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14448 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
14449 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14453 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14457 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14461 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14464 To break a ligature, use
14466 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14467 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14469 \begin_inset space ~
14476 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14480 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14484 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14487 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
14489 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14493 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14497 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14501 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14504 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
14506 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14512 \begin_layout Subsection
14517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14518 Lyx@LyX ! Proper names
14524 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14526 name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
14533 \begin_layout Standard
14534 You have surely noticed, that the word
14535 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14539 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14542 appears always with characters in different size and height.
14543 LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized
14544 as proper name when you type it in LyX as
14545 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14560 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14564 \begin_inset Note Note
14567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14568 The braces in TeX Code are here to avoid that the
14569 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14573 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14576 appear as proper name in the output, see the last paragraph of this section.
14577 To create proper names omit the TeX Code.
14582 Note the order of the upper-and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the following
14586 \begin_layout Description
14587 LyX The name of the game, write
14588 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14603 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14609 \begin_layout Description
14610 TeX The program used by LaTeX, write
14611 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14626 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14632 \begin_layout Description
14633 LaTeX The program used by LyX, write
14634 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14649 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14655 \begin_layout Description
14656 LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write
14657 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14672 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14678 \begin_layout Standard
14679 You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is
14680 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14684 \begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
14688 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14692 It's an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers.
14693 For example the version number of TeX converges to the number
14694 \begin_inset Formula $\pi$
14697 : The actual version is
14698 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14702 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14705 , the previous one was
14706 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14710 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14716 \begin_layout Standard
14717 If you don't want to use proper names, e.g.
14718 in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in TeX Code in the
14720 This will look in LyX like:
14721 \begin_inset Graphics
14722 filename clipart/LaTeX.png
14727 \begin_inset Newline newline
14730 For more about TeX Code, look at section
14731 \begin_inset space ~
14735 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14737 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
14744 \begin_layout Subsection
14749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14758 \begin_layout Standard
14759 Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
14760 space between two words.
14761 As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
14764 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14768 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14771 for units use the menu
14773 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14774 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14776 \begin_inset space ~
14788 \begin_layout Standard
14789 Here's an example to show the differences:
14792 \begin_layout Standard
14793 \begin_inset Tabular
14794 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
14796 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14797 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14799 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14804 \begin_inset space ~
14808 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
14816 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14820 space between number and unit
14827 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14832 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14836 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
14844 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14848 half space between number and unit
14861 \begin_layout Subsection
14866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14867 Typography ! Widows and orphans
14873 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14882 \begin_layout Standard
14883 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
14885 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
14886 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
14887 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
14888 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
14889 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
14890 These bits of text became known as
14901 \begin_layout Standard
14902 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
14903 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
14904 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
14905 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
14906 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
14907 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
14908 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
14911 \begin_layout Standard
14912 There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
14913 or how you can tweak that behavior.
14914 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography [such as
14915 \begin_inset space ~
14919 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
14921 key "latexcompanion"
14926 \begin_inset space ~
14930 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
14936 ] may have more information.
14937 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
14940 \begin_layout Chapter
14941 Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats
14942 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14944 name "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
14951 \begin_layout Standard
14952 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
14957 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
14960 \begin_layout Section
14965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14972 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14981 \begin_layout Standard
14982 LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
14985 \begin_layout Description
14987 \begin_inset space ~
14990 Note This note type is for internal notes that won't appear in the output.
14991 \begin_inset Newline newline
14995 \begin_inset Note Note
14998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14999 This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
15007 \begin_layout Description
15008 Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it appears as LaTeX-comm
15009 ent, when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu
15011 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15012 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15013 LaTeX (pdflatex) / (plain)
15016 \begin_inset Newline newline
15020 \begin_inset Note Comment
15023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15024 This is text in a note box that only appears as comment in LaTeX-files.
15032 \begin_layout Description
15034 \begin_inset space ~
15037 Out This note will appear in the output as grey text.
15038 \begin_inset Newline newline
15042 \begin_inset Newline newline
15046 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
15049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15055 This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
15056 In this document the greyed out note color is redefined to blue.
15057 How this can be done is explained in the
15066 of a comment that appears in the output as grey text.
15072 \begin_inset Newline newline
15076 \begin_inset Newline newline
15079 As you can see in the example, the first line of greyed out notes is a bit
15080 indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes.
15083 \begin_layout Description
15084 Framed This note will appear in the output as framed text.
15086 \begin_inset Box Framed
15095 height_special "totalheight"
15098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15099 This is text in a note box that appears framed in the output.
15104 In contrary to framed boxes like the one in section
15105 \begin_inset space ~
15109 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15111 reference "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
15115 , the frame uses always the whole text width and the note is set into its
15119 \begin_layout Description
15120 Shaded This note will appear in the output with red background color.
15121 \begin_inset Box Shaded
15130 height_special "totalheight"
15133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15134 This text in a note box appears in the output with red background.
15139 In contrary to colored boxes, the note uses always the whole text width
15140 and the note is set into its own paragraph.
15143 \begin_layout Standard
15144 Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
15145 \begin_inset Graphics
15146 filename ../images/note-insert.png
15148 scaleBeforeRotation
15154 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15158 Right-click on the appearing note box to select the note type.
15161 \begin_layout Section
15166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15173 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15175 name "sec:Footnotes"
15182 \begin_layout Standard
15183 LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the
15186 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15189 or the toolbar button
15190 \begin_inset Graphics
15191 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
15204 \begin_inset Graphics
15205 filename clipart/footnoteQt4.png
15215 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
15225 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15233 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15244 label, the box will
15248 be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
15249 Clicking on the box label again, will close
15262 If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply mark it and click
15278 \begin_layout Standard
15279 Here's an example footnote:
15287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15288 To close a footnote, click on the red box at the top left.
15296 \begin_layout Standard
15297 The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
15298 position where the footnote box is placed.
15299 The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
15300 The footnote number is calculated by LyX, the numbers are consecutive,
15301 no matter in which chapter the footnote is in.
15302 LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get another
15303 scheme using special LaTeX-commands.
15308 ey are described in the
15315 \begin_layout Section
15320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15327 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15329 name "sec:Marginal-Notes"
15336 \begin_layout Standard
15337 Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
15338 When you insert a margin note via the menu
15340 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15342 \begin_inset space ~
15347 or the toolbar button
15348 \begin_inset Graphics
15349 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
15369 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15373 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15376 appearing within your text.
15377 This box is LyX's representation of your margin
15386 \begin_layout Standard
15387 At the side is an example marginal note.
15391 \begin_inset Marginal
15394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15395 This is a marginal note.
15403 \begin_layout Standard
15404 Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
15405 In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin -- left on even
15406 pages, right on odd pages.
15409 \begin_layout Section
15410 Graphics and Images
15414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15431 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15433 name "sec:Graphics"
15440 \begin_layout Standard
15441 To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
15442 you want and click on the toolbar icon
15443 \begin_inset Graphics
15444 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
15450 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15454 Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
15457 \begin_layout Standard
15458 This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
15463 tab allows you to choose your image file.
15464 The appearance of the image inside LyX and in the output is adjusted separately.
15465 The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
15467 The scaling units are explained in Appendix
15468 \begin_inset space ~
15472 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15474 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
15481 \begin_layout Standard
15486 it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
15487 of the image in the output.
15488 The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
15492 \begin_inset space ~
15496 \begin_inset space ~
15505 \begin_inset space ~
15509 \begin_inset space ~
15513 \begin_inset space ~
15518 will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
15519 Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
15527 \begin_layout Standard
15528 LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options in the
15533 You can also set the
15537 option here if the image is inside a figure float.
15538 This option is explained in section
15539 \begin_inset space ~
15543 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15545 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
15553 \begin_inset space ~
15558 effects that the image don't appear in the output, only a frame with the
15559 image size is printed.
15562 \begin_layout Standard
15563 The graphics dialog can be called at any time by right-clicking on an image.
15564 The image will appear in the output exactly at the position where it is
15566 This is an example image in the PDF format within a separate, horizontally
15567 centered paragraph:
15570 \begin_layout Standard
15572 \begin_inset Graphics
15573 filename clipart/mobius.eps
15575 rotateOrigin center
15582 \begin_layout Standard
15583 If you need image captions and want to reference images, you have to put
15584 the image into a float, see section
15585 \begin_inset space ~
15589 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15591 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
15598 \begin_layout Subsection
15603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15610 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15612 name "sub:Image-Formats"
15619 \begin_layout Standard
15620 You can insert images in any known file format.
15621 But as we explained in section
15622 \begin_inset space ~
15626 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15628 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
15632 , every output document format allows only a few image formats.
15633 LyX uses therefore the program
15637 in the background to convert the images to the right format.
15638 To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
15639 you can use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section
15640 \begin_inset space ~
15644 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15646 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
15653 \begin_layout Standard
15654 Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
15657 \begin_layout Description
15659 \begin_inset space ~
15662 images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
15663 They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixeled in large zooms.
15664 Well-known bitmap image formats are
15665 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15668 Graphics Interchange Format
15669 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15672 (GIF, file extension
15673 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15681 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15688 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15717 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15720 Portable Network Graphics
15721 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15724 (PNG, file extension
15725 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15733 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15769 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15772 Joint Photographic Experts Group
15773 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15776 (JPG, file extension
15777 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15785 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15789 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15797 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15835 \begin_layout Description
15837 \begin_inset space ~
15840 images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size without
15842 The scaling ability is necessary if you want to create presentations, because
15843 presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
15844 Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
15845 \begin_inset Newline newline
15848 Scalable image formats can be
15849 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15852 Scalable Vector Graphics
15853 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15856 (SVG, file extension
15857 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15865 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15901 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15904 Encapsulated PostScript
15905 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15908 (EPS, file extension
15909 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15917 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15924 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15953 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15956 Portable Document Format
15957 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15960 (PDF, file extension
15961 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15969 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15976 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15983 We say it can be, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF
15984 or EPS and the result won't be scalable.
15985 In this cases only a header with the image properties is added to the original
15990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15991 In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
15999 \begin_layout Standard
16000 Normally one can't convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice
16004 \begin_layout Section
16009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16016 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16025 \begin_layout Standard
16026 You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
16027 \begin_inset Graphics
16028 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
16035 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16039 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
16040 The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
16041 from the rest of the table.
16042 This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
16043 have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
16045 Here's an example table:
16048 \begin_layout Standard
16050 \begin_inset Tabular
16051 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
16053 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16054 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16055 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
16056 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16058 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16067 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16085 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16094 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16105 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16123 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16132 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16141 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16152 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16170 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16179 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16192 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16203 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16221 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16224 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16230 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16239 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16256 \begin_layout Subsection
16260 \begin_layout Standard
16261 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
16262 brings up the table dialog.
16263 Here you can adjust the settings of the cell and row/column respectively
16264 where the cursor is placed currently.
16265 Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
16266 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
16267 done on all of your selection.
16270 \begin_layout Standard
16271 Additionally to the table dialog the
16274 \begin_inset space ~
16279 , that appears when the cursor is inside a table, helps you in setting table
16281 It is for example currently only possible to add
16282 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16286 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16289 delete lines via the table toolbar.
16292 \begin_layout Standard
16296 \begin_inset space ~
16301 of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row.
16302 If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
16303 current cell respectively.
16304 The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
16306 A given width will allow the cell to have line breaks and multiple paragraphs
16307 of text, see section
16308 \begin_inset space ~
16312 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16314 reference "sub:Table-Cells"
16321 \begin_layout Standard
16322 You can mark multiple cells of one row as a multicolumn cell using the check
16328 This will merge the cells to
16332 cell, spread over more than one column.
16333 Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
16334 and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
16335 Here's an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
16336 in the last row without the upper border:
16339 \begin_layout Standard
16341 \begin_inset Tabular
16342 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
16343 <features firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true">
16344 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16345 <column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="0">
16346 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
16347 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16349 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16358 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16367 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16376 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16387 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16405 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16414 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16434 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16443 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16452 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16461 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16478 \begin_layout Standard
16479 At the moment LyX doesn't support multirow cells.
16480 Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table.
16481 They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells,
16482 explained in the tables section of the
16485 \begin_inset space ~
16491 You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90
16492 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
16495 degrees counterclockwise.
16496 These rotations are not visible in LyX but in the output.
16499 \begin_layout Standard
16500 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
16503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16508 Most DVI-viewers are
16512 able to display rotations.
16520 \begin_layout Standard
16525 tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
16530 adds lines for all cell borders.
16533 \begin_layout Subsection
16538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16539 Tables ! Longtables
16548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16557 \begin_layout Standard
16558 If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
16561 \begin_inset space ~
16565 \begin_inset space ~
16574 of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
16575 Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
16578 \begin_layout Description
16583 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
16584 defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
16585 except for the first page, if
16588 \begin_inset space ~
16596 \begin_layout Description
16600 \begin_inset space ~
16605 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
16606 defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
16609 \begin_layout Description
16614 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
16615 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
16616 except for the last page, if
16619 \begin_inset space ~
16627 \begin_layout Description
16631 \begin_inset space ~
16636 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
16637 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
16640 \begin_layout Standard
16641 You can also specify a row where the table is split.
16642 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
16643 of the fact that only the first one is used in the given table row.
16644 The others will then be defined as
16649 In this context, first means first in this order:
16652 \begin_inset space ~
16664 \begin_inset space ~
16670 See the following longtable to see how it works:
16673 \begin_layout Standard
16675 \begin_inset Tabular
16676 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
16677 <features islongtable="true">
16678 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="5cm">
16679 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16680 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16681 <row endfirsthead="true">
16682 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16688 Example Phone List (ignore the names)
16693 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16702 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16712 <row endfirsthead="true">
16713 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16724 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16733 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16745 <row endhead="true">
16746 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16757 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16766 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16776 <row endhead="true">
16777 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16788 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16797 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16809 <row endfoot="true">
16810 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16821 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16830 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16841 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16852 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16861 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16872 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16883 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16892 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16903 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16914 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16923 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16934 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16945 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16954 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16965 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16976 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16985 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16996 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17007 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17016 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17027 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17038 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17047 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17058 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17069 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17078 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17089 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17092 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17100 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17109 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17120 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17131 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17140 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17151 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17162 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17171 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17182 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17193 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17202 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17213 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17224 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17233 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17236 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17244 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17255 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17264 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17267 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17275 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17286 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17289 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17295 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17306 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17317 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17326 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17337 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17348 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17357 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17368 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17379 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17388 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17399 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17410 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17419 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17430 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17441 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17450 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17461 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17472 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17481 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17492 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17503 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17512 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17523 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17534 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17543 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17554 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17565 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17574 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17585 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17596 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17605 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17616 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17627 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17636 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17647 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17658 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17667 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17678 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17689 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17698 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17709 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17720 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17729 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17740 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17751 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17760 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17771 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17782 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17791 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17802 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17811 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17820 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17831 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17842 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17851 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17862 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17873 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17882 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17893 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17904 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17913 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17924 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17935 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17944 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17955 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17966 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17975 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17986 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17997 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18006 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18017 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18028 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18037 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18048 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18059 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18068 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18079 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18090 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18099 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18110 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18121 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18124 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18130 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18141 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18152 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18161 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18172 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18175 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18183 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18192 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18203 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18214 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18223 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18234 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18245 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18254 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18265 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18276 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18285 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18296 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18307 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18316 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18327 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18338 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18347 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18358 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18369 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18378 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18389 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18400 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18409 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18420 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18431 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18440 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18451 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18462 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18471 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18482 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18493 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18502 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18513 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18524 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18533 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18544 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18555 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18564 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18575 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18586 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18595 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18606 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18617 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18626 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18637 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18648 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18657 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18668 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18679 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18688 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18699 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18710 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18719 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18730 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18741 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18750 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18761 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18772 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18781 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18791 <row endlastfoot="true">
18792 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18803 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
18806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18812 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18829 \begin_layout Subsection
18834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18841 \begin_inset CommandInset label
18843 name "sub:Table-Cells"
18850 \begin_layout Standard
18851 A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
18852 All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
18853 Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
18854 But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
18858 , etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
18859 for the cell's paragraph.
18862 \begin_layout Standard
18863 To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
18864 for the column in the table dialog.
18865 Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
18866 is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
18870 \begin_layout Standard
18872 \begin_inset Tabular
18873 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
18875 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18876 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="3cm">
18877 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18879 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18897 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18915 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18935 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18953 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18966 This is a multiline entry in a table.
18971 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18991 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19009 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19022 This is longer now.
19027 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19047 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19065 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19078 This is a multiline entry in a table.
19079 This is longer now.
19084 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19110 \begin_layout Standard
19111 Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
19112 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
19113 Selection with the mouse or with
19117 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
19118 You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
19119 the selection from outside the table.
19122 \begin_layout Section
19127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19134 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19143 \begin_layout Standard
19144 A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
19145 have a fixed location.
19147 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19151 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19154 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
19162 \begin_inset space ~
19167 are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
19168 too much notes at the page.
19171 \begin_layout Standard
19172 Floats makes it possible to get a high quality layout.
19173 Images and tables can evenly be spread to the pages to avoid whitespace
19174 and pages without text.
19175 As the floating often destroys the context between the text and the image/table
19176 , every float can be referenced in the text.
19177 Floats are therefore numbered.
19178 Referencing is described in section
19179 \begin_inset space ~
19183 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19185 reference "sec:Cross-References"
19192 \begin_layout Standard
19193 To insert a float, use the menu
19195 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19199 A box with a caption that has e.
19200 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
19204 \begin_inset space ~
19208 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19212 \begin_inset space ~
19216 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19219 (# is the actual number) will be inserted into your document.
19220 The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
19222 Behind the label you can insert the caption text.
19226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19232 The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
19233 paragraph within the float.
19234 To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box
19235 by left-clicking on the box label.
19236 A closed float box looks like this:
19237 \begin_inset Graphics
19238 filename clipart/floatQt4.png
19243 -- a gray button with a red label.
19246 \begin_layout Standard
19247 It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible
19248 LaTeX-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
19251 \begin_layout Subsection
19255 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19261 Floats ! Figure floats
19267 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19269 name "sec:Figure-Floats"
19276 \begin_layout Standard
19279 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19280 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19283 inserts a float with the label
19284 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19290 \begin_inset space ~
19296 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19300 Set the cursor above this label (or before it and press enter) and insert
19301 the image as described above to get the caption printed below the image.
19302 This is what we did for Figure
19303 \begin_inset space ~
19307 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19309 reference "cap:Platypus"
19314 If you want the caption to be above the image, set the cursor at the end
19315 of the caption, press enter and insert the image.
19316 This was done in Figure
19317 \begin_inset space ~
19321 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19323 reference "cap:Escher"
19330 \begin_layout Standard
19331 \begin_inset Float figure
19336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19338 \begin_inset Graphics
19339 filename clipart/platypus.eps
19341 rotateOrigin center
19348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19349 \begin_inset Caption
19351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19352 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19354 name "cap:Platypus"
19358 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
19371 \begin_layout Standard
19372 \begin_inset Float figure
19377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19378 \begin_inset Caption
19380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19381 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19398 \begin_inset Graphics
19399 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
19401 rotateOrigin center
19413 \begin_layout Standard
19414 This figure float show also how to set a label and create a cross-reference
19416 As described in section
19417 \begin_inset space ~
19421 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19423 reference "sec:Cross-References"
19427 , you can simply insert a label in the caption using the menu
19429 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19432 and refer to it using the menu
19434 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19438 It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague
19440 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19444 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19447 , because as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document; it
19449 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19453 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19459 \begin_layout Standard
19460 Normally only one image is inserted to a figure float, but sometimes you
19461 might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
19462 This can be done by inserting image floats into existing image floats.
19463 Note that only the main caption of the float is added to the List of Figures.
19465 \begin_inset space ~
19469 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19471 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
19475 is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
19476 You can also set the images one below the other.
19478 \begin_inset space ~
19482 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19484 reference "fig:Undefinable"
19489 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19491 reference "fig:Platypus"
19495 are the subfigures.
19498 \begin_layout Standard
19499 \begin_inset Float figure
19504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19505 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19509 \begin_inset Float figure
19514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19515 \begin_inset Caption
19517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19518 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19520 name "fig:Undefinable"
19532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19533 \begin_inset Graphics
19534 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
19545 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19549 \begin_inset Float figure
19554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19555 \begin_inset Caption
19557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19558 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19560 name "fig:Platypus"
19572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19573 \begin_inset Graphics
19574 filename clipart/platypus.eps
19586 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19593 \begin_inset Caption
19595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19596 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19598 name "cap:Two-distorted-images"
19602 Two distorted images.
19615 \begin_layout Standard
19616 Note that the caption is added to the
19619 \begin_inset space ~
19623 \begin_inset space ~
19628 as described in section
19629 \begin_inset space ~
19633 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19635 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
19642 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19648 Floats ! Table floats
19654 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19656 name "sec:Table-Floats"
19663 \begin_layout Standard
19664 Table floats can be inserted using the menu
19666 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19667 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19671 They have the same properties as figure floats except of the different
19674 \begin_inset space ~
19678 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19680 reference "cap:Table-float"
19684 is an example of a table float.
19687 \begin_layout Standard
19688 \begin_inset Float table
19693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19694 \begin_inset Caption
19696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19697 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19699 name "cap:Table-float"
19711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19713 \begin_inset Tabular
19714 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
19716 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19717 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19718 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19720 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19738 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19741 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19756 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19776 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19794 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19812 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19832 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19845 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
19853 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19856 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19866 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
19868 c & d\end{array}\right]$
19876 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19889 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
19910 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19916 Floats ! Algorithm floats
19924 \begin_layout Standard
19925 This float type is inserted with the menu
19927 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19928 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19932 It is used for program codes and descriptions of algorithms.
19933 A possible environment for algorithms is the
19937 , described in section
19938 \begin_inset space ~
19942 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19944 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
19951 \begin_layout Standard
19952 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
19955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19960 that the float label is not automatically translated into the document
19966 You have to do this manually by adding the following line
19969 \begin_layout Standard
19974 floatname{algorithm}{your
19975 \begin_inset space ~
19981 \begin_layout Standard
19982 to the document preamble (menu
19984 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19991 \begin_inset space ~
19997 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20005 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20011 \begin_layout Subsubsection
20016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20017 Floats ! Text Wrap Floats
20023 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20025 name "sec:Wrap-Floats"
20032 \begin_layout Standard
20033 \begin_inset Wrap figure
20040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20041 \begin_inset Graphics
20042 filename clipart/mobius.eps
20044 rotateOrigin center
20051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20052 \begin_inset Caption
20054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20055 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20057 name "cap:Wrapped-figure"
20061 This is a wrapped figure.
20062 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20075 This float type is used if you want to
20076 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20080 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20083 text around a figure so that it only occupies some fraction of the column
20085 It can be inserted using the menu
20087 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20088 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20090 \begin_inset space ~
20095 if the LaTeX-package
20103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20104 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
20113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20114 Installing a LaTeX-package is explained it in the
20117 \begin_inset space ~
20127 The width and placement of the float is adjusted by right-clicking on the
20130 \begin_inset space ~
20134 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20136 reference "cap:Wrapped-figure"
20140 is for example a figure wrap float with a width of 40
20141 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20149 Available units are explained in Appendix
20150 \begin_inset space ~
20154 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20156 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
20165 Some space was added under the caption to separate it better from the surroundi
20169 \begin_layout Standard
20170 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20178 Wrap floats might be fragile! E.g.
20179 having a figure too close to the bottom of the page can mess things up
20180 in the way that the float doesn't appear in the output or that it is placed
20181 over some other text.
20189 \begin_layout Itemize
20190 Wrap floats should not be placed in paragraphs that run over a page break.
20191 That means that wrap floats should better be inserted to the exact place
20192 when the document is nearly ready and you are able to estimate where page
20193 breaks will appear.
20196 \begin_layout Itemize
20197 Wrap floats should either be placed in an own paragraph before the paragraph
20198 where they should wrap into or within a paragraph.
20201 \begin_layout Itemize
20202 Wrap floats in consecutive paragraphs may cause troubles, so assure that
20203 there is a text paragraph between them as separator.
20206 \begin_layout Itemize
20207 Wrap floats are not allowed in section headings or tables.
20210 \begin_layout Subsection
20212 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20214 name "sub:Rotated-Floats"
20222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20231 \begin_layout Standard
20232 Especially for wide tables you might have floats rotated.
20233 To rotate a whole float including the caption, right-click on the float-box
20237 \begin_inset space ~
20245 \begin_layout Standard
20246 Rotated floats are always placed on its own page (or column, when you have
20247 a two-column document).
20248 They are rotated so that you can read them from the outside margin.
20249 Forcing the rotation direction is explained in the
20256 \begin_layout Standard
20257 Referencing rotated floats is the same like for normal floats, the caption
20258 format is also the same: Table
20259 \begin_inset space ~
20263 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20265 reference "cap:Rotated-table"
20269 is an example of a rotated table float.
20272 \begin_layout Standard
20273 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20281 Not all DVI-viewers are able to display rotated floats.
20289 \begin_layout Standard
20290 \begin_inset Float table
20295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20296 \begin_inset Caption
20298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20299 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20301 name "cap:Rotated-table"
20313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20315 \begin_inset Tabular
20316 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="5">
20318 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20319 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20320 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20321 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20322 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20324 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20333 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20342 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20351 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20360 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20382 \begin_layout Subsection
20384 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20386 name "sub:Float-Placement"
20394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20403 \begin_layout Standard
20404 Right-clicking on a float-box opens a dialog where you can alter the placement
20405 options that LaTeX uses for positioning the float.
20406 \begin_inset Newline newline
20412 \begin_inset space ~
20417 is only useful for two-column documents: If you select it, the float will
20418 span across both columns on the page instead of being confined to just
20420 \begin_inset Newline newline
20426 \begin_inset space ~
20431 is used to rotate floats, see section
20432 \begin_inset space ~
20436 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20438 reference "sub:Rotated-Floats"
20445 \begin_layout Standard
20446 You can use one ore more of the following options in the float dialog to
20447 set the placement for a particular float when you uncheck the option
20450 \begin_inset space ~
20454 \begin_inset space ~
20462 \begin_layout Description
20464 \begin_inset space ~
20468 \begin_inset space ~
20471 possible: try to place the float on the position where it is inserted
20474 \begin_layout Description
20476 \begin_inset space ~
20480 \begin_inset space ~
20483 page: try to place the float on the top of the current page
20486 \begin_layout Description
20488 \begin_inset space ~
20492 \begin_inset space ~
20495 page: try to place the float on the bottom of the current page
20498 \begin_layout Description
20500 \begin_inset space ~
20504 \begin_inset space ~
20507 floats: try to place the float on an own page
20510 \begin_layout Standard
20511 The order of the above option is
20516 That means, if you use the default placement, LaTeX will first try out
20520 \begin_inset space ~
20524 \begin_inset space ~
20532 \begin_inset space ~
20536 \begin_inset space ~
20541 , and then the others.
20542 If you don't use the default, LaTeX will try only the checked options but
20544 If none of the 4 placements are possible the procedure is internally repeated
20545 but it is tried to put the float on the following page.
20548 \begin_layout Standard
20549 By default, each options has its own rules:
20552 \begin_layout Standard
20556 \begin_inset space ~
20560 \begin_inset space ~
20565 only floats occupying less than 70
20566 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20569 % of the page can be placed at the top of a page
20572 \begin_layout Standard
20576 \begin_inset space ~
20580 \begin_inset space ~
20585 : only floats occupying less than 30
20586 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20589 % of the page can be placed at the bottom of a page.
20592 \begin_layout Standard
20596 \begin_inset space ~
20600 \begin_inset space ~
20605 : only if more than 50
20606 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20609 % of the page are occupied by floats, several floats can be set together
20613 \begin_layout Standard
20614 If you don't like these rules, you can ignore them by using the additional
20618 \begin_inset space ~
20622 \begin_inset space ~
20630 \begin_layout Standard
20631 Sometimes you might need, under all circumstances, a float to be placed
20632 exactly at the position where it is inserted.
20633 For this case you can use the option
20636 \begin_inset space ~
20642 Use this option very rarely and only if the document is nearly ready to
20644 Because the float is then no longer able to
20645 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20649 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20652 when you change your document and this will often destroy the page layout.
20655 \begin_layout Standard
20656 There are no placement options for text wrap floats, because they are always
20657 surrounded by the text of a certain paragraph.
20660 \begin_layout Standard
20661 For more details about float placements, have a look at LaTeX books like
20663 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
20665 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
20672 \begin_layout Section
20677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20684 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20686 name "sec:Minipages"
20693 \begin_layout Standard
20694 LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
20696 Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.
20697 \begin_inset space ~
20704 \begin_layout Standard
20705 Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
20707 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20711 Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the width of the minipage
20712 and its alignment within the page.
20715 \begin_layout Standard
20717 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20726 height_special "totalheight"
20729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20732 This is a minipage.
20733 The text is set in an italic style.
20736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20739 Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
20740 another formatting.
20748 \begin_layout Standard
20749 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20752 If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
20756 as described in section
20757 \begin_inset space ~
20761 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20763 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
20768 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20774 \begin_layout Standard
20775 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20784 height_special "totalheight"
20787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20788 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
20789 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
20795 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
20799 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20808 height_special "totalheight"
20811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20812 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
20813 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
20821 \begin_layout Standard
20822 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
20828 \begin_layout Standard
20829 When you right-click on a minipage box, you can change the box from a minipage
20830 to other box types.
20831 All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
20842 \begin_layout Chapter
20843 Mathematical Formulas
20847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20862 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20886 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20888 name "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
20895 \begin_layout Standard
20896 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
20901 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
20904 \begin_layout Section
20909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20918 \begin_layout Standard
20919 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
20920 \begin_inset Graphics
20921 filename ../images/math-mode.png
20926 That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
20928 That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
20929 what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
20930 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
20932 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20938 \begin_layout Standard
20939 Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
20943 \begin_inset space ~
20948 , that appears when the cursor is in a formula.
20951 \begin_layout Standard
20952 There are two main types of formulas: Inline formulas appear within a text
20953 line, like this one:
20956 \begin_layout Standard
20957 This is a line with an inline formula
20958 \begin_inset Formula $A=B$
20964 \begin_layout Standard
20965 Displayed formulas appear outside the text like as they were in an own paragraph
20967 \begin_inset Formula \[
20972 You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
20975 \begin_layout Standard
20976 LyX supports also many LaTeX math commands.
20979 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20989 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20992 , followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
20993 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
20997 So typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
21000 \begin_inset space ~
21008 \begin_layout Subsection
21009 Navigating in Formulas
21013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21022 \begin_layout Standard
21023 The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
21024 achieved with the arrow keys.
21025 LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
21026 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
21031 will leave a formula construct (a square root
21032 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
21036 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
21040 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
21042 3 & 4\end{array}\right]$
21050 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
21055 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
21056 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
21059 \begin_layout Standard
21064 , printed in this document as
21065 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21082 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21086 \begin_inset Note Note
21089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21090 This command will appear in the output as official character denoting the
21091 space character (visible space).
21096 , seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
21097 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
21098 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
21103 For example, if you want
21104 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
21115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21158 , since in the latter case only the
21161 \begin_inset Formula $2x$
21166 will be under the square root sign:
21167 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
21173 \begin_layout Standard
21174 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
21176 \begin_inset Formula \[
21177 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
21180 & & \lambda_{n}\end{array}\right)\]
21184 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
21185 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
21188 \begin_layout Subsection
21192 \begin_layout Standard
21193 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
21194 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
21198 and a cursor movement key to select text.
21199 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
21200 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
21201 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
21202 but not in a normal text region in LyX.
21205 \begin_layout Subsection
21206 Exponents and Subscripts
21210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21229 \begin_layout Standard
21230 You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts, but the much easier
21231 way is to use a command.
21233 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
21236 , type in a formula
21242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21258 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
21264 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
21268 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
21277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21289 If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
21291 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21295 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21298 , you have to use an extra
21302 to separate the hat and the character.
21305 \begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
21314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21326 Subscripts are similar: To get
21327 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
21336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21350 \begin_layout Subsection
21355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21364 \begin_layout Standard
21365 Create a fraction with either the command
21372 \begin_inset Graphics
21373 filename ../images/math/frac.png
21381 \begin_inset space ~
21387 You will be presented with an empty fraction.
21388 The cursor is above the fraction line.
21389 To move it to the bottom, simply press
21394 To move back up, press
21399 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
21400 \begin_inset Formula \[
21401 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
21403 4 & 5\end{array}\right)}\right]\]
21410 \begin_layout Subsection
21415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21424 \begin_layout Standard
21425 Roots can be created using the
21428 \begin_inset space ~
21434 \begin_inset Graphics
21435 filename ../images/math/sqrt.png
21458 you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
21464 produces always a square root.
21467 \begin_layout Subsection
21468 Operators with Limits
21472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21489 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21491 name "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
21498 \begin_layout Standard
21500 \begin_inset Formula $\sum$
21504 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
21507 ) operators are very often decorated with limits.
21508 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
21509 a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
21510 The sum operator will automatically place its
21511 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21515 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21518 over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline
21521 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
21525 \begin_inset Formula \[
21526 \sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e\]
21530 Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula
21534 \begin_layout Standard
21535 All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
21537 The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
21538 behind the operator and hitting
21544 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21545 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21547 \begin_inset space ~
21551 \begin_inset space ~
21559 \begin_layout Standard
21560 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
21561 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21565 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21568 feature as addition, such as
21572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21579 \begin_inset Formula \[
21580 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),\]
21584 which will place the
21585 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
21589 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21593 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21597 In inline formulas it looks like this:
21598 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
21604 \begin_layout Standard
21605 Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
21612 Have a look at section
21613 \begin_inset space ~
21617 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21619 reference "sub:Functions"
21623 for an explanation of function macros.
21626 \begin_layout Subsection
21631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21640 \begin_layout Standard
21641 Most math symbols can be found in the
21644 \begin_inset space ~
21649 under one of several categories; including
21666 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
21670 \begin_layout Standard
21671 If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
21672 you don't have to use the
21675 \begin_inset space ~
21680 , but can type the command directly into the formula.
21681 LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
21684 \begin_layout Subsection
21689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21696 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21698 name "sub:Altering-Spacing"
21705 \begin_layout Standard
21706 You may want to create spaces that differs from the standard spacing that
21715 \begin_inset space ~
21721 \begin_inset Graphics
21722 filename ../images/math/space.png
21727 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
21728 Here a example for the sequence
21733 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
21737 \begin_inset Graphics
21738 filename clipart/SpaceMarker.png
21743 You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
21744 the space marker and hit space again several times.
21745 With every space hit the size will be changed.
21746 Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are a negative
21751 \begin_layout Standard
21761 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
21767 \begin_layout Standard
21777 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
21783 \begin_layout Subsection
21788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21795 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21797 name "sub:Functions"
21804 \begin_layout Standard
21808 \begin_inset space ~
21813 contains under the button
21814 \begin_inset Graphics
21815 filename ../images/math/functions.png
21819 a number of functions, such as
21820 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
21824 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
21832 (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
21839 Standard mathematical practice is, that functions are printed upright to
21840 avoid confusions, because
21841 \begin_inset Formula $sin$
21845 \begin_inset Formula $s·i·n$
21851 \begin_layout Standard
21852 Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
21854 \begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
21858 \begin_inset Formula $asinx$
21864 \begin_layout Standard
21865 For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes the way
21866 that subscripts are placed, like described in section
21867 \begin_inset space ~
21871 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21873 reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
21880 \begin_layout Subsection
21885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21894 \begin_layout Standard
21895 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
21897 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
21898 You can also use LaTeX commands to e.g.
21900 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
21903 even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled.
21904 Our example is entered by typing
21912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21925 \begin_inset space ~
21929 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21931 reference "cap:Accent-names-and"
21935 shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
21938 \begin_layout Standard
21939 \begin_inset Float table
21944 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21945 \begin_inset Caption
21947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21948 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21950 name "cap:Accent-names-and"
21954 Accent names and the corresponding commands.
21962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21964 \begin_inset Tabular
21965 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
21967 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21968 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21969 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21971 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21980 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21989 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22009 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22027 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22040 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22053 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
22063 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22081 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22094 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22107 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
22117 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22135 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22148 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22161 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
22171 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22189 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22192 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22202 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22215 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
22225 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22243 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22256 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22269 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
22279 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22297 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22310 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22323 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
22333 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22351 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22364 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22377 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
22387 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22405 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22418 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22431 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
22441 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22459 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22472 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22485 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
22495 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22504 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22517 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22530 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
22551 \begin_layout Standard
22552 You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
22555 \begin_inset space ~
22561 \begin_inset Graphics
22562 filename ../images/math/hat.png
22566 in the math panel ; this will apply to any selection you have made within
22570 \begin_layout Section
22571 Brackets and Delimiters
22575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22592 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22594 name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
22601 \begin_layout Standard
22602 There are several brackets available through LyX.
22603 For most purposes, using just the keys
22608 But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
22609 or if you have several layers of brackets, is better using
22612 \begin_inset space ~
22618 \begin_inset Graphics
22619 filename ../images/math/delim.png
22624 For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
22626 \begin_inset Formula \[
22627 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
22629 3 & 4\end{array}\right]\]
22633 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses as in:
22634 \begin_inset Formula \[
22635 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}\]
22642 \begin_layout Standard
22643 The parentheses, and other brackets from that menu will automatically re-size
22644 to accommodate the size of what is inside.
22647 \begin_layout Standard
22648 To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
22649 left side and right side.
22650 If you use the option
22653 \begin_inset space ~
22658 , the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
22659 The selection will be shown below the button field.
22660 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
22661 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
22664 \begin_layout Standard
22665 If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root,
22666 you can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go
22667 inside the brackets.
22668 Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
22673 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
22676 \begin_layout Standard
22677 The next section explains how to insert a LaTeX
22678 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22682 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22688 \begin_layout Section
22693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22700 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22702 name "sec:Grouping"
22709 \begin_layout Standard
22710 You may need to group a set of symbols.
22711 In LaTeX, for example, the typesetting of
22722 \begin_layout Standard
22723 \begin_inset Formula \[
22724 {x^{y}}^{z}\quad\mathrm{differs\; from}\quad x^{y^{z}}\]
22731 \begin_layout Standard
22732 To create this grouping, you need to use the key sequence
22733 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22743 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22747 Inside LyX, you will see red braces indicating the grouping.
22748 Within this braces you insert the grouped structure.
22749 The grouping braces won't appear in the output in contrary to normal braces.
22752 \begin_layout Section
22753 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
22757 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22778 Math ! Multi-line Equations
22786 \begin_layout Standard
22787 Matrices are entered in LyX using the
22790 \begin_inset space ~
22796 \begin_inset Graphics
22797 filename ../images/math/matrix.png
22802 It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
22803 Here is an example:
22804 \begin_inset Formula \[
22805 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
22808 7 & 8 & 9\end{array}\right)\]
22812 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section
22813 \begin_inset space ~
22817 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22819 reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
22824 When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
22825 will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
22826 This alignment is set in the box
22831 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22839 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22843 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22851 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22855 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22863 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22868 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22876 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22879 for every column as default.
22880 For example, the sequence
22881 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22889 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22892 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
22893 centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
22894 corresponds to the relevant column.
22895 The result will look like this:
22896 \begin_inset Formula \[
22898 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
22899 column & has & has\, right\\
22900 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment\end{array}.\]
22907 \begin_layout Standard
22908 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
22912 while the cursor is in the matrix.
22913 Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
22915 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22921 \begin_layout Standard
22922 There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
22923 It can be created with the menu
22925 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22926 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22928 \begin_inset space ~
22941 \begin_inset Formula \[
22945 1 & x>0\end{cases}\]
22952 \begin_layout Standard
22953 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
22956 Multi-line formulas are created when you press
22964 In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
22973 in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
22974 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22978 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22981 etc.) will be inserted automatically to the first column, the relation sign
22982 is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
22983 A new row is created by every further hit of
22991 Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
22992 Here is an example:
22993 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
22994 a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
22995 a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}\end{eqnarray}
22999 To change the column assignment of the formula parts, place the cursor
23000 where you want to start the shift and hit
23005 It shifts everything in the column which is right beside the current cursor
23006 position to the next column.
23007 Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs, structures
23008 within this column will be printed in a smaller size:
23009 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*}
23010 \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}\end{eqnarray*}
23017 \begin_layout Standard
23018 The multi-line formula type described here is called
23025 There are other multi-line types being more suitable for certain situations,
23026 for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula (
23027 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23029 reference "eq:asquared"
23034 The other types are described in section
23035 \begin_inset space ~
23039 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23041 reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
23048 \begin_layout Section
23049 Formula Numbering and Referencing
23053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23054 Math ! Formula numbering
23063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23064 Math ! Referencing formulas
23070 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23072 name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
23079 \begin_layout Standard
23080 To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
23082 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23083 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23085 \begin_inset space ~
23093 \begin_inset space ~
23099 The formula number appears in LyX as
23100 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23104 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23107 within parentheses.
23109 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23113 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23116 denotes, that the number will be calculated automatically when the output
23118 The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
23119 the document class.
23120 In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
23121 separated by a dot:
23122 \begin_inset Formula \begin{equation}
23123 1+1=2\end{equation}
23130 \begin_inset space ~
23135 in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
23136 You can only number displayed formulas.
23139 \begin_layout Standard
23140 Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
23142 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23143 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23145 \begin_inset space ~
23149 \begin_inset space ~
23153 \begin_inset space ~
23161 \begin_inset space ~
23166 will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is in:
23167 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
23169 2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
23170 4 & \leq & 7\end{eqnarray}
23174 To number all lines use the shortcut
23177 \begin_inset space ~
23185 \begin_layout Standard
23186 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
23189 Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
23190 A label is inserted with the menu
23192 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23195 when the cursor is in the formula.
23196 This opens a dialog to enter the label.
23197 It is recommended to use the proposed
23198 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23206 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23209 as first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the label
23210 type when you have many labels in your document.
23211 We inserted in the following example the label
23212 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23216 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23219 in the second line:
23220 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
23221 \tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
23222 & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}\end{eqnarray}
23226 Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
23227 Therefore the label is shown in LyX at the place of the formula number
23229 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23233 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23237 You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
23239 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23241 \begin_inset space ~
23247 A dialog appears to choose a label you want refer to.
23248 The reference appears in LyX as grey cross reference box and in the output
23249 as the formula number:
23252 \begin_layout Standard
23253 This is a cross-reference to equation (
23254 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23256 reference "eq:tanhExp"
23263 \begin_layout Standard
23264 The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section
23265 \begin_inset space ~
23269 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23271 reference "sec:Cross-References"
23276 To delete a label, set the cursor in the labeled formula, use the menu
23279 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23282 and delete the label in the appearing dialog.
23286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23287 This is a unintuitive and will be fixed in the next version of LyX.
23295 \begin_layout Section
23296 User defined math macros
23300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23307 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23309 name "sec:math-macros"
23316 \begin_layout Standard
23317 LyX allows you to define macros for formulas.
23318 For example we assume that solutions of the quadratic equation often occur
23319 in our document in various forms and we want to create a macro to print
23321 \begin_inset Newline newline
23324 The general form of a quadratic equation is:
23325 \begin_inset Formula \[
23326 0=\lambda^{2}+p\lambda+q\]
23330 The general form of its solution is:
23331 \begin_inset Formula \[
23332 \lambda_{1,2}=-\frac{p}{2}\pm\sqrt{\frac{p²}{4}-q}\]
23339 \begin_layout Standard
23340 The macro should print the parameters
23341 \begin_inset Formula $\lambda$
23345 \begin_inset Formula $p$
23349 \begin_inset Formula $q$
23352 like in the equation above.
23355 \begin_layout Standard
23356 A macro is created by executing the command
23359 \begin_layout Standard
23366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23389 \begin_inset space ~
23393 \begin_inset space ~
23399 \begin_layout Standard
23400 in the minibuffer at the bottom of the LyX screen.
23401 Name is the name of the new macro which mustn't contain numbers.
23402 The number of arguments can be a number in the range 1-9.
23403 If you want to define a macro without arguments, don't declare the number
23407 \begin_layout Standard
23408 We have three arguments and name the macro
23409 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23413 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23416 , so that the command is:
23419 \begin_layout Standard
23426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23451 \begin_layout Standard
23452 This results in the following macro definition box:
23453 \begin_inset Graphics
23454 filename clipart/macrobox.png
23459 \begin_inset FormulaMacro
23460 \newcommand{\qE}[3]{#1_{1,\,2}=-\frac{#2}{2}\pm\sqrt{\frac{#2^{2}}{4}-#3}}
23461 {\textrm{qE: }#1\textrm{ , }#2\textrm{ , }#3}
23465 \begin_inset Note Note
23468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23469 The first box is an image to show the behavior in the output.
23470 The second one is the definition box, that doesn't appear in the output.
23478 \begin_layout Standard
23479 The first blue box is for the definition, where you insert the formula via
23480 the math panel or commands.
23481 The placeholder for the arguments are inserted as a backslash and sharp
23482 followed by the argument number, e.g.
23484 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23490 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23493 for the first argument.
23494 Placeholders will be displayed in red.
23495 The second blue box is for the appearance in LyX.
23496 This is useful when you have a large structure that shouldn't be displayed
23497 in LyX with its full size.
23498 If you want to see the macro as it is defined, leave the box blank.
23499 In our example we insert the sequence
23500 \begin_inset Newline newline
23528 \begin_inset Newline newline
23533 The macro will then be shown as the macro name followed by the three arguments.
23536 \begin_layout Standard
23537 To use the macro in a formula, type its name as command, in our case
23538 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23548 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23552 The macro is inserted with boxes for the arguments looking similar to this:
23555 \begin_layout Standard
23557 \begin_inset Graphics
23558 filename clipart/macrouse.png
23565 \begin_layout Standard
23566 The arguments are inserted in the blue boxes.
23567 If the cursor is outside the macro, the arguments are put in the macro.
23568 To change the arguments, put the cursor in the formula before or after
23569 the macro and press the right or left arrow key respectively.
23570 The arguments appear now again below the macro definition.
23573 \begin_layout Standard
23574 If you change the macro definition all macros are changed automatically
23575 to the new definition.
23576 Here an example of our macro with the arguments
23577 \begin_inset Formula $x$
23581 \begin_inset Formula $\ln(x)$
23585 \begin_inset Formula $B$
23589 \begin_inset Formula \[
23597 \begin_layout Standard
23598 When the document is exported to LaTeX, the macro definition will be inserted
23602 \begin_layout Standard
23616 \begin_inset Newline newline
23623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23649 frac{#2^{2}}{4}-#3}}
23652 \begin_layout Standard
23653 The command is not inserted in the document preamble.
23654 That means you can only use macros in formulas that are below the macro
23655 definition box in your document.
23656 There are also some other restrictions: The command
23658 newcommand supports optional arguments, which are not available in LyX's
23660 You can also not change subsequently the name of the macro and the number
23665 \begin_layout Section
23669 \begin_layout Subsection
23674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23683 \begin_layout Standard
23684 The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
23685 To set a font in a formula, use the
23688 \begin_inset space ~
23694 \begin_inset Graphics
23695 filename ../images/math/font.png
23699 , or enter its command, listed in table
23700 \begin_inset space ~
23704 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23706 reference "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23713 \begin_layout Standard
23714 \begin_inset Float table
23719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23720 \begin_inset Caption
23722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23723 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23725 name "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23729 Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
23737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23739 \begin_inset Tabular
23740 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
23742 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23743 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23745 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23748 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23754 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23757 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23765 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23775 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
23783 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23798 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23802 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
23810 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23825 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23829 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
23837 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23840 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23852 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23862 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
23870 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23885 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23889 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
23897 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23912 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23916 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
23924 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23939 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23950 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
23958 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23973 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23976 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23977 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
23985 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24011 \begin_layout Standard
24012 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24015 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24020 that you can only print capital letters in the typefaces
24036 \begin_layout Standard
24037 When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
24038 Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
24043 within the box, will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a
24044 protected space when you need a space in the box.
24045 Here an example where a
24046 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24050 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24057 denotes the set of numbers:
24058 \begin_inset Formula \[
24059 f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N}\]
24066 \begin_layout Standard
24067 The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
24078 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
24082 \begin_inset Newline newline
24085 So better don't use this feature.
24088 \begin_layout Standard
24089 The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
24090 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
24094 \begin_inset Newline newline
24097 You can only print them emboldened using the command
24103 , which works like the other typeface commands:
24104 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
24110 \begin_layout Standard
24117 works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
24120 \begin_layout Standard
24121 A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
24123 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24124 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24126 \begin_inset space ~
24134 \begin_layout Subsection
24139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24148 \begin_layout Standard
24149 Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
24151 For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
24155 \begin_inset space ~
24159 \begin_inset space ~
24167 \begin_inset space ~
24173 \begin_inset Graphics
24174 filename ../images/math/font.png
24178 (alternatively the shortcut
24181 \begin_inset space ~
24187 Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
24188 You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text.
24189 Here is an example:
24190 \begin_inset Formula \[
24192 x & \textrm{if I say so}\\
24193 -x & \textrm{unter Umständen}\end{cases}\]
24200 \begin_layout Subsection
24205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24214 \begin_layout Standard
24215 There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
24216 automatically chosen in most situations.
24234 For most characters,
24242 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
24243 and certain other structures, are set larger in
24248 Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
24249 situations, all text will be set in the styles as LaTeX thinks is appropriate.
24250 These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
24251 \begin_inset Graphics
24252 filename ../images/math/style.png
24257 A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
24258 For example, you can set
24259 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
24262 , which is normally in
24271 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
24275 The four styles are used in the following example:
24278 \begin_layout Standard
24279 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
24283 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
24287 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
24291 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
24297 \begin_layout Standard
24298 All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that means, if the whole math
24299 inset is set in a particular size with the menu
24301 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24303 \begin_inset space ~
24308 , all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
24309 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
24310 will be adjusted to correspond.
24311 As example a formula in the font size
24312 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24316 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24322 \begin_layout Standard
24326 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
24332 \begin_layout Section
24336 \begin_layout Standard
24337 As of LyX 1.6, support for theorem-like environments has been moved out of
24338 the document classes and into layout modules.
24342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24348 As a result, theorem-like environments can now easily be used with classes
24349 other than the AMS classes.
24351 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24353 reference "sub:Modules"
24357 for more on layout modules.
24360 \begin_layout Section
24365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24384 \begin_layout Standard
24385 LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
24386 (AMS) that are in common use.
24389 \begin_layout Subsection
24390 Enabling AMS-Support
24393 \begin_layout Standard
24394 Selecting the checkbox
24397 \begin_inset space ~
24401 \begin_inset space ~
24405 \begin_inset space ~
24412 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24420 Document ! Settings
24428 \begin_inset space ~
24433 will include the AMS-packages in the document, and make the facilities
24435 AMS is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in
24436 formulas, assure that you have enabled AMS.
24439 \begin_layout Subsection
24441 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24443 name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
24451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24452 Math ! Multi-line Equations
24460 \begin_layout Standard
24461 AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
24462 LyX allows you to choose between
24483 We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types.
24486 \begin_layout Chapter
24490 \begin_layout Section
24495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24502 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24504 name "sec:Cross-References"
24511 \begin_layout Standard
24512 One of LyX's strengths are cross-references.
24513 You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
24515 To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
24516 The label is used as anchor and name for the reference.
24517 We want for example refer to the the second item of the following list:
24520 \begin_layout Enumerate
24524 \begin_layout Enumerate
24525 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24527 name "enu:Second-item"
24534 \begin_layout Enumerate
24538 \begin_layout Standard
24539 First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
24541 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24544 or the by pressing the toolbar button
24545 \begin_inset Graphics
24546 filename ../images/label-insert.png
24552 A grey label box like this:
24553 \begin_inset Graphics
24554 filename clipart/labelQt4.png
24559 is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
24560 LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
24562 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24570 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24575 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24583 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24587 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24591 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24595 The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.g.
24596 if you insert a label to a section heading, the prefix will be
24597 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24605 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24611 \begin_layout Standard
24612 To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
24614 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24617 or the toolbar button
24618 \begin_inset Graphics
24619 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
24625 A grey cross-reference box like this:
24626 \begin_inset Graphics
24627 filename clipart/referenceQt4.png
24632 is inserted and the cross-reference window appear showing all labels of
24634 We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
24635 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24643 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24647 At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
24649 Here is our cross-reference:
24652 \begin_layout Standard
24654 \begin_inset space ~
24658 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24660 reference "enu:Second-item"
24667 \begin_layout Standard
24668 It is recommended to use a protected space
24672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24673 described in section
24674 \begin_inset space ~
24678 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24680 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
24689 between the cross-reference name and its number to avoid ugly line breaks
24693 \begin_layout Standard
24694 There are six varieties of cross-references:
24697 \begin_layout Description
24698 <reference>: prints the float number, this is the default:
24699 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24701 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24708 \begin_layout Description
24709 (<reference>): prints the float number within two parentheses, this is the
24710 style normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference
24712 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24716 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24720 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24722 reference "eq:tanhExp"
24729 \begin_layout Description
24730 <page>: prints the page number: Page
24731 \begin_inset space ~
24735 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24736 LatexCommand pageref
24737 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24744 \begin_layout Description
24746 \begin_inset space ~
24750 \begin_inset space ~
24753 <page>: prints the text "on page" and the page number:
24754 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24755 LatexCommand vpageref
24756 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24763 \begin_layout Description
24765 \begin_inset space ~
24769 \begin_inset space ~
24773 \begin_inset space ~
24776 <page>: prints the float number, the text "on page", and the page number:
24778 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24780 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24787 \begin_layout Description
24789 \begin_inset space ~
24792 reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
24793 \begin_inset Newline newline
24797 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24805 This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package
24813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24814 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
24827 \begin_layout Standard
24828 Note that the style <page> won't print the page number if the label is on
24829 the previous, the same, or the next page.
24831 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24835 \begin_inset space ~
24839 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24847 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24853 \begin_layout Standard
24854 The number and current page of the referred document part in the output,
24855 is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
24856 The varieties are adjusted in the field
24860 of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc
24864 \begin_layout Standard
24865 You can only use the style
24869 to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
24873 is always possible.
24876 \begin_layout Standard
24877 If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading,
24878 to reference a float, put the label in the caption.
24879 For footnotes you can put the label somewhere in it.
24880 Referencing formulas is explained in section
24881 \begin_inset space ~
24885 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24887 reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
24894 \begin_layout Standard
24898 \begin_inset space ~
24902 \begin_inset space ~
24907 in the cross-reference window sets the the cursor before the referred label.
24908 The button text changes then to
24911 \begin_inset space ~
24916 and you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
24917 Right-clicking on a cross-reference box also sets the cursor before the
24918 referred label but without a possibility to go back.
24922 \begin_layout Standard
24923 You can change labels at any time by clicking on the label box.
24924 References to the changed label will automatically change its link to the
24925 new label text, so that you don't need to take care about this.
24928 \begin_layout Standard
24929 If a cross-reference refers to a non-existing label, you'll see two question
24930 marks in the output instead of the reference.
24933 \begin_layout Standard
24934 References are described in detail in the
24941 \begin_layout Section
24942 Table of Contents and other Listings
24946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24963 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24972 \begin_layout Subsection
24974 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24976 name "sub:Table-of-Contents"
24983 \begin_layout Standard
24984 The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
24986 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24987 List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24989 \begin_inset space ~
24993 \begin_inset space ~
24999 Is is displayed in LyX as a gray box.
25000 If you click on it, the
25004 window appears, showing you the TOC entries as outline to move and rearrange
25005 sections in your documents.
25006 So this operation is an alternative to the menu
25008 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25011 that is described in sec.
25012 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
25016 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25018 reference "sec:Navigating"
25025 \begin_layout Standard
25026 The TOC in the document output lists every numbered section automatically.
25027 If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
25029 \begin_inset space ~
25033 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25035 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
25039 , it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
25041 \begin_inset space ~
25045 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25047 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
25051 describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
25053 Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
25056 \begin_layout Subsection
25057 List of Figures, Tables, and Algorithms
25058 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25060 name "sub:List-of-Figures"
25067 \begin_layout Standard
25068 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
25069 You can insert them via the
25071 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25073 \begin_inset space ~
25077 \begin_inset space ~
25083 The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
25086 \begin_layout Section
25087 URLs and Hyperlinks
25091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25108 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25117 \begin_layout Subsection
25121 \begin_layout Standard
25122 Links to web pages or email addresses can be inserted via the menu
25124 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25130 \begin_layout Standard
25131 Here is an example URL: LyX's homepage:
25132 \begin_inset Flex URL
25135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25145 \begin_layout Standard
25146 You cannot change the style of the link text, the URL text will always be
25152 To be able to format the URL text, use hyperlinks as explained in the next
25156 \begin_layout Standard
25157 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
25160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25165 URLs must not end with a backslash, otherwise you get LaTeX errors.
25173 \begin_layout Subsection
25177 \begin_layout Standard
25178 Hyperlinks can be inserted with the menu
25180 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25183 or with the toolbar button
25184 \begin_inset Graphics
25185 filename ../images/href-insert.png
25186 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25191 The appearing dialog has two fields:
25200 The name is the printed text for the hyperlink.
25201 The hyperlink type can be a weblink like this:
25202 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25204 name "LyX's homepage"
25205 target "http://www.lyx.org"
25209 , an Email address like this:
25210 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25212 name "lyx-docs mailing list"
25213 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org?subject=LyX's documentation"
25218 , or a link to a file.
25221 \begin_layout Standard
25222 You can start applications via a hyperlink when you insert a weblink, but
25224 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25232 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25235 to the link target.
25238 \begin_layout Standard
25239 Hyperlinks will automatically be hyphenated if necessary in the PDF output,
25240 and become clickable in the DVI and PDF-output.
25241 To set the format of the link text, highlight the hyperlink inset and use
25242 the text style dialog.
25243 This is for example a hyperlink with bold sans serif text:
25247 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25249 name "LyX's homepage"
25250 target "http://www.lyx.org"
25257 \begin_layout Standard
25258 The link text color can be changed, when the option
25262 is set in the PDF Properties dialog (menu
25264 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25265 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25269 The link text is for example set in this document to blue by adding the
25271 \begin_inset Newline newline
25279 \begin_inset Newline newline
25286 in the PDF Properties dialog.
25289 \begin_layout Section
25294 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25301 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25303 name "sec:Appendices"
25310 \begin_layout Standard
25311 Appendices are created with the menu
25313 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25315 \begin_inset space ~
25319 \begin_inset space ~
25325 This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
25326 as appendix region.
25327 The region is marked with a red borderline.
25330 \begin_layout Standard
25331 Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix,
25332 numbered with a capital Latin letter.
25333 The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
25334 and the subsection number.
25335 All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
25339 \begin_layout Standard
25341 \begin_inset space ~
25345 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25347 reference "cha:Credits"
25352 \begin_inset space ~
25356 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25358 reference "sub:Export"
25365 \begin_layout Section
25370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25377 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25379 name "sec:Bibliography"
25386 \begin_layout Standard
25387 There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
25388 You can include a bibliography database
25392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25393 Known under the name
25394 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25398 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25406 , which is explained in the next subsection or you can insert the bibliography
25408 For the second method we use the paragraph environment
25412 , described in section
25413 \begin_inset space ~
25417 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25419 reference "sub:Biblio_environment"
25426 \begin_layout Standard
25431 environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
25433 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
25442 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
25444 For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX
25446 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25450 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25453 , a short form of its title, as key.
25456 \begin_layout Standard
25457 You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu
25459 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25462 or the toolbar button
25463 \begin_inset Graphics
25464 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
25465 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25470 A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
25471 in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list.
25472 The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key.
25473 When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change
25477 \begin_layout Standard
25478 Citation references appear in the output as number of the bibliography entry
25479 with surrounding brackets.
25484 for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
25485 Here two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
25487 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25491 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25497 \begin_layout Standard
25500 LaTeX Companion Second Edition
25503 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25505 key "latexcompanion"
25512 \begin_layout Standard
25513 The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits:
25514 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25523 \begin_layout Subsection
25524 Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
25528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25529 Bibliography ! Databases
25538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25539 Bibliography ! BibTeX
25545 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25547 name "sub:Bibliography-databases"
25554 \begin_layout Standard
25555 Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
25557 It makes it also very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography
25559 You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
25560 your working field in a database.
25561 This database can be used for different documents, because only the referenced
25562 entries of the database will appear in the bibliography list.
25565 \begin_layout Standard
25566 The database is a text file with the file extension
25567 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25575 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25578 containing the bibliography in a special format.
25579 The format is explained in LaTeX books (
25580 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25582 key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
25587 Normally one uses a special program to create and edit entries of the database.
25589 \begin_inset Newline newline
25593 \begin_inset Flex URL
25596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25598 http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs
25604 \begin_inset Newline newline
25607 you find a list of programs for bibliography databases.
25610 \begin_layout Standard
25611 To use a database, use the menu
25613 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25618 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25631 \begin_inset space ~
25637 A grey box will be inserted and a window appears.
25638 In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
25641 \begin_layout Standard
25642 The style file is a text file with the file extension
25643 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25651 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25654 that declares the layout of all bibliography entries.
25655 Many publishers provide special style files, so that you don't have to
25656 take care of the layout.
25659 \begin_layout Standard
25660 Inserting a citation reference works like described above.
25663 \begin_layout Standard
25664 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
25670 \begin_layout Standard
25671 To generate the bibliography from a database, the program BibTeX is used
25673 This program can be controlled with options that you can add in LyX's preferenc
25684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25707 \begin_inset space ~
25713 Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of
25721 \begin_layout Standard
25722 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
25728 \begin_layout Standard
25729 We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
25730 the two methods of creating them.
25731 As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
25732 only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
25733 We used the style file
25737 to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
25740 \begin_layout Subsection
25741 Bibliography layout
25745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25746 Bibliography ! Layout
25754 \begin_layout Standard
25755 In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
25756 For this feature you need to use the option
25762 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25770 Document ! Settings
25780 Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
25781 For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained
25782 in the previous section.
25785 \begin_layout Standard
25786 You can also set text, that should appear before or after a citation reference,
25787 in the citation reference window.
25788 Here an example where we set the text
25789 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25793 \begin_inset space ~
25797 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25800 to appear after the reference:
25803 \begin_layout Standard
25805 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25808 key "latexcompanion"
25815 \begin_layout Section
25820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25827 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25836 \begin_layout Standard
25837 An index entry is created if you use the menu
25839 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25841 \begin_inset space ~
25846 or the toolbar button
25847 \begin_inset Graphics
25848 filename ../images/index-insert.png
25849 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25855 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25863 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25866 is inserted containing the text that appears in the index.
25867 The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed
25868 by LyX as index entry.
25871 \begin_layout Standard
25872 We give a short overview of the index commands in the next subsections.
25873 For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
25875 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25877 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
25884 \begin_layout Standard
25885 You can change index entries by clicking on the index box.
25888 \begin_layout Standard
25889 The index list is inserted to the document with the menu
25891 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25893 \begin_inset space ~
25897 \begin_inset space ~
25900 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25902 \begin_inset space ~
25908 A light blue box labeled
25909 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25917 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25920 will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
25921 The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
25924 \begin_layout Subsection
25925 Grouping Index Entries
25929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25938 \begin_layout Standard
25939 Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the
25941 We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
25942 lists under the entry
25943 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25947 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25951 First we create the entry
25952 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25956 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25960 \begin_inset space ~
25964 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25966 reference "sub:Lists"
25971 In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section
25972 \begin_inset space ~
25976 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25978 reference "sec:Itemize"
25982 , we insert the command
25985 \begin_layout Standard
25991 \begin_layout Standard
25995 \begin_layout Standard
26001 \begin_layout Standard
26002 for the enumerated list in section
26003 \begin_inset space ~
26007 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26009 reference "sec:Enumerate"
26016 \begin_layout Standard
26017 The exclamation mark
26018 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26022 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26025 marks the grouping levels.
26026 You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
26027 An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
26028 If we don't have an index entry for
26029 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26033 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26036 , it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
26039 \begin_layout Subsection
26044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26045 Index ! Page ranges
26053 \begin_layout Standard
26054 Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
26056 But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
26057 E.g if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
26059 \begin_inset space ~
26063 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26065 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
26072 \begin_layout Standard
26075 Paragraph environments|(
26078 \begin_layout Standard
26079 and another entry at the end of section
26080 \begin_inset space ~
26084 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26086 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
26093 \begin_layout Standard
26096 Paragraph environments|)
26099 \begin_layout Standard
26101 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26109 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26113 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26121 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26124 respectively starts and ends the index range.
26125 You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
26126 They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
26127 the pages of the indexed document parts.
26128 An example is the index entry
26129 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26132 Document ! Settings
26133 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26139 \begin_layout Subsection
26144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26145 Index ! Cross referencing
26153 \begin_layout Standard
26154 It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
26155 We referred for example in the index entry
26156 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26160 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26164 \begin_inset space ~
26168 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26170 reference "sub:Image-Formats"
26174 ) to the index entry
26175 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26179 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26182 in the same section using the entry
26185 \begin_layout Standard
26188 GIF|see{Image formats}
26191 \begin_layout Standard
26192 Where the braces have to be inserted as TeX Code.
26193 The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
26194 The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
26197 \begin_layout Subsection
26202 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26203 Index ! Entry order
26211 \begin_layout Standard
26212 You can use accented characters in the index entry, but the entries might
26213 then not follow the rules for the index order.
26214 The index entries are sorted alphabetically, but LaTeX
26218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26219 The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see
26221 \begin_inset space ~
26225 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26227 reference "sub:Index-Program"
26236 doesn't know how to sort accents in different languages.
26237 We created as example the three dummy index entries
26238 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26242 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26246 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26250 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26254 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26258 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26266 Dummy entries ! maïs
26275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26276 Dummy entries ! maître
26285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26286 Dummy entries ! maïs@maison
26291 They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison, but we want the
26292 order maïs, maison, maître.
26293 To achieve this, we use the command
26296 \begin_layout Standard
26299 previous entry@current entry
26302 \begin_layout Standard
26303 In our case we want to have
26304 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26308 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26312 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26316 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26319 and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
26322 \begin_layout Standard
26328 \begin_layout Standard
26329 The previous entry needn't to be a real existing entry, you can also use
26330 another word to tell LaTeX the entry order, see the next subsection for
26334 \begin_layout Subsection
26339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26340 Index ! Entry layout
26348 \begin_layout Standard
26349 You can change the appearance of index entries via the text style dialog.
26353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26356 This is an italic dummy entry
26361 You can also format the page number using the character
26362 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26366 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26369 followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash.
26370 We can write for example
26373 \begin_layout Standard
26376 italic page number:|textit
26379 \begin_layout Standard
26380 to get the page number in italic.
26384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26385 Dummy entries ! italic page number:|textit
26390 Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
26392 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26400 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26408 \begin_inset space ~
26414 Have a look at section
26415 \begin_inset space ~
26419 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26421 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
26425 to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax.
26428 \begin_layout Standard
26429 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26437 Formatting single index entries only works when you use the program
26441 to generate the index, see section
26442 \begin_inset space ~
26446 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26448 reference "sub:Index-Program"
26457 , however, this won't work for anything else than bold or italic text.
26458 This is because xindy requires to define semantic elements before they
26460 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26463 key "latexcompanion"
26475 \begin_layout Standard
26476 In general, we encourage you to not format page numbers directly as shown
26478 Instead of this, you should define a macro in the preamble and use that.
26479 Consider why you want some page numbers to be bold.
26480 Maybe you want all page references italic that refer to a definition of
26481 the indexed term, so that users can easily find definitions.
26482 If so, put the following in preamble
26485 \begin_layout Standard
26497 \begin_layout Standard
26501 \begin_layout Standard
26507 \begin_layout Standard
26508 into the index entry.
26512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26513 Dummy entries ! my entry|IndexDef
26518 The advantage is that, if you change your mind later or if your publisher
26519 request that definitions must not be italic but bold, you just need to
26520 change the macro in the preamble, not every single index entry.
26523 \begin_layout Standard
26524 You can also change the layout for the whole index.
26526 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26530 \begin_inset space ~
26533 we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font
26534 for all index entries.
26535 For more advanced task you have to set up a so-called
26547 documentation for details,
26548 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26550 key "makeindex,xindy"
26557 \begin_layout Subsection
26562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26569 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26571 name "sub:Index-Program"
26578 \begin_layout Standard
26579 When the index entry program
26583 is installed, that is only available for Linux, LyX uses it for the index
26584 generation, otherwise the program
26588 is used, that is part of every LaTeX distribution.
26589 Both programs can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences
26590 dialog, see section
26591 \begin_inset space ~
26595 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26597 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
26602 The available options are listed and explained in
26603 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26605 key "makeindex,xindy"
26610 You can also specify there another program to generate the index.
26613 \begin_layout Standard
26618 is very old, not further developed and has many pitfalls.
26619 Most notably, it has been defined with nothing more than the English language
26621 So it fails at sorting correctly for anything else than an monolingual
26623 We have shown above how to fix this sorting.
26624 However, if you are writing in another language and using Linux, consider
26632 \begin_layout Section
26633 Nomenclature / Glossary
26637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26676 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26678 name "sec:Nomenclature"
26685 \begin_layout Standard
26686 Sometimes you need to compile a list of symbols that are mentioned in your
26687 document with a brief explanation of them -- a so called nomenclature or
26691 \begin_layout Standard
26692 To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the LaTeX package
26700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26701 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
26707 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
26708 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26714 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
26717 \begin_layout Standard
26718 A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry
26719 and then use the menu
26721 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26727 \begin_inset space ~
26732 or the toolbar button
26733 \begin_inset Graphics
26734 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
26735 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
26741 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26749 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26752 is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry.
26755 \begin_layout Standard
26756 A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries.
26757 The first is the symbol that you want to refer to.
26758 The second is the description of the symbol.
26761 \begin_layout Standard
26762 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26770 You have to enter valid LaTeX-code for all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
26778 \begin_layout Subsection
26779 Nomenclature Definition and Layout
26783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26784 Nomenclature ! Layout
26792 \begin_layout Standard
26793 When you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the
26797 field as LaTeX-formula.
26799 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26803 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26807 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26811 \begin_inset Newline newline
26819 \begin_inset Newline newline
26825 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26829 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26832 character hereby starts/ends the formula.
26833 The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning
26835 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26841 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26845 For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter,
26855 \begin_layout Standard
26856 (A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
26857 \begin_inset space ~
26861 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26863 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
26870 \begin_layout Standard
26874 \begin_inset space ~
26879 dialog to format the description text but have to use LaTeX-commands.
26880 For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
26881 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26885 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26889 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26892 in this document is:
26893 \begin_inset Newline newline
26898 dummy entry for the character
26903 \begin_inset Newline newline
26915 \begin_inset space ~
26925 font use the command
26954 \begin_layout Subsection
26955 Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries
26959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26960 Nomenclature ! Sort order
26968 \begin_layout Standard
26969 The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of
26970 the symbol definition.
26971 This leads to undesired results when you for example have symbols in formulas.
26972 Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
26975 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
26976 LatexCommand nomenclature
26978 description "dummy entry for the character \"a\""
26985 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26989 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
26990 LatexCommand nomenclature
26993 description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
26998 They will be sorted by
26999 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27007 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27011 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27021 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27025 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27028 will be sorted before the
27032 since the character
27033 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27037 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27040 is considered in sorting.
27043 \begin_layout Standard
27044 To control the sort order, you can edit the
27047 \begin_inset space ~
27052 field of the nomenclature dialog.
27053 Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol
27055 For the given example, you can insert
27059 to this field for the
27060 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27067 will be located before
27068 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27074 \begin_layout Standard
27075 For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the
27080 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27089 \begin_layout Subsection
27090 Nomenclature Options
27094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27095 Nomenclature ! Options
27103 \begin_layout Standard
27108 package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature.
27109 Here are some of its options, for more have a look at its documentation:
27112 \begin_layout Description
27113 refeq Appends the phrase
27114 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27126 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27129 to every nomenclature entry, where
27135 is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry
27138 \begin_layout Description
27139 refpage Appends the phrase
27140 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27152 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27155 to every nomenclature entry, where
27161 is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared
27164 \begin_layout Description
27165 intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
27168 \begin_layout Standard
27169 There are furthermore the options
27213 to print the reference texts and the nomenclature title in the corresponding
27217 \begin_layout Standard
27218 To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
27219 class options list in the
27221 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27225 In this document the options
27236 \begin_layout Standard
27237 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27243 \begin_layout Standard
27244 You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature
27245 entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
27250 field in the nomenclature dialog:
27253 \begin_layout Description
27263 \begin_layout Description
27266 nomrefpage Like the
27273 \begin_layout Description
27276 nomrefeqpage Short notation of
27285 \begin_layout Description
27289 \begin_inset space ~
27295 \begin_inset space ~
27300 nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options
27303 \begin_layout Subsection
27304 Printing the Nomenclature
27308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27309 Nomenclature ! Printing
27317 \begin_layout Standard
27318 To print the nomenclature, use the menu
27320 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27322 \begin_inset space ~
27326 \begin_inset space ~
27329 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27333 A light blue box labeled
27334 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27342 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27345 will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
27346 Like the index list box, the nomenclature list box is not clickable.
27349 \begin_layout Standard
27350 In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as
27351 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27355 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27359 If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the
27367 For example, in order to change the name to
27371 , add the following line to the preamble:
27374 \begin_layout Standard
27382 nomname}{List of Symbols}
27385 \begin_layout Standard
27386 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
27392 \begin_layout Standard
27393 If you are unhappy with the amount of space for symbols, you can alter it
27394 by adding the following line to the preamble:
27397 \begin_layout Standard
27405 nomlabelwidth}{width}
27408 \begin_layout Standard
27411 Where the width is a value with one of the units listed in Appendix
27412 \begin_inset space ~
27416 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27418 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
27423 The default value is 1
27424 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27430 \begin_layout Section
27435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27446 Document ! Branches
27452 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27454 name "sec:Branches"
27461 \begin_layout Standard
27462 Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output.
27463 For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the
27464 pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same
27465 document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
27468 \begin_layout Standard
27469 For these cases LyX offers to put text into branches.
27470 The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
27471 To create a branch, go in the
27473 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27481 The name of the branch, its activation state and the background color of
27482 the branches inside LyX can be specified in this dialog.
27485 \begin_layout Standard
27486 Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes.
27487 These boxes are inserted via the menu
27489 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27492 where you can choose a branch.
27493 You can later change the branch of the boxes by right-clicking on them.
27496 \begin_layout Standard
27497 Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch
27498 is deactivated and does therefore not appear in the output:
27501 \begin_layout Standard
27502 \begin_inset Branch Question
27505 \begin_layout Standard
27506 Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner?
27514 \begin_layout Standard
27515 \begin_inset Branch Answer
27518 \begin_layout Standard
27519 Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
27527 \begin_layout Standard
27528 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27534 \begin_layout Standard
27535 To use conditional output inside places where you cannot insert branch insets,
27536 like inside equations, you can code special LaTeX definitions for each
27538 For example you can define for the question branch
27542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27543 For an introduction to the LaTeX-syntax, see section
27544 \begin_inset space ~
27548 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27550 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27562 \begin_layout Standard
27572 \begin_layout Standard
27582 \begin_layout Standard
27583 and for the answer branch
27586 \begin_layout Standard
27596 \begin_layout Standard
27606 \begin_layout Standard
27607 \begin_inset Branch Question
27610 \begin_layout Standard
27614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27642 \begin_layout Standard
27643 \begin_inset Branch Answer
27646 \begin_layout Standard
27650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27678 \begin_layout Standard
27679 Now it is possible to use the commands
27683 question{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27690 answer{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27693 to obtain conditional output.
27694 Here is an example formula where only the
27701 \begin_inset Formula \[
27702 x^{2}-2x-2\Rightarrow\question{x_{1}}\answer{x_{2}}=1\question{+\sqrt{3}}\answer{-\sqrt{3}}.\]
27709 \begin_layout Standard
27710 Inside math, the same effect can be achieved using math macros, see section
27711 \begin_inset space ~
27715 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27717 reference "sec:math-macros"
27724 \begin_layout Section
27725 TeX Code and the LaTeX Syntax
27726 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27728 name "sec:TeX-Code"
27735 \begin_layout Subsection
27740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27747 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27749 name "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
27756 \begin_layout Standard
27757 As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and
27758 constructs, but not all.
27759 LaTeX contains of hundreds of packages which provide different commands.
27760 Every time packages are updated and new ones added.
27761 This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything as there
27762 is for every problem a LaTeX-package.
27763 But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all packages and their
27767 \begin_layout Standard
27768 But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the
27770 An TeX Code box is created by the menu
27772 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27774 \begin_inset space ~
27779 or by the toolbar button
27780 \begin_inset Graphics
27781 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
27786 The box can be opened by left-clicking and closed by right-clicking on
27790 \begin_layout Standard
27791 You can insert complete or incomplete commands as TeX Code.
27792 Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text.
27793 For example you want to draw a frame around a word and uses therefore the
27800 , you can write the command part
27806 in a TeX Code box before the word and the closing brace
27810 in a second TeX Code box behind the word.
27811 The word between the two TeX Code boxes is then the argument as it is in
27812 the following example:
27815 \begin_layout Standard
27816 \begin_inset Graphics
27817 filename clipart/ERT.png
27825 \begin_layout Standard
27829 \begin_layout Standard
27830 This is a line with a
27834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27857 \begin_layout Standard
27858 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
27861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27866 At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
27867 to let LaTeX know that the command is finished.
27875 \begin_layout Subsection
27876 Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax
27877 \begin_inset OptArg
27880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27897 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27899 name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27906 \begin_layout Standard
27907 When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
27908 about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background.
27909 Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can
27910 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27914 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27918 This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
27919 every time if you know the right commands.
27921 imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is at
27922 the end of the day.
27923 Your boss just has complimented you for your good work but wants to have
27924 all caption labels bold.
27925 But you have over hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
27927 Of course it's impossible to change all caption labels by hand in one day.
27930 \begin_layout Standard
27931 Now LaTeX comes into play.
27932 As written above, for every problem exists a LaTeX-package.
27933 First you have to find out which and therefore look in the LaTeX package
27935 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27944 \begin_layout Standard
27945 As result you know that the package
27953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27954 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! caption
27960 To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
27962 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27968 \begin_layout Standard
27973 usepackage[options]{package name}
27976 \begin_layout Standard
27977 All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
27978 two braces, and the options are set within two brackets.
27979 Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
27982 \begin_layout Standard
27983 In your case the package name is
27988 After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option
27993 will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
27994 So you add the command
27997 \begin_layout Standard
28002 usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}
28005 \begin_layout Standard
28006 to the preamble and the problem is solved.
28010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28011 For more commands provided by the
28015 package, have a look at its documentation,
28016 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28030 \begin_layout Standard
28031 Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well known problems
28033 For example if you use a
28037 class, you don't need the package
28041 , you can instead write
28044 \begin_layout Standard
28049 setkomafont{captionlabel}{
28054 \begin_layout Standard
28055 in the preamble and the problem is solved.
28056 So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
28057 documentation of the document class you want to use.
28064 is an example for a command with more than one argument.)
28067 \begin_layout Standard
28068 Commands in the preamble affects the whole document, while commands in the
28069 text affects only the text after the command or only the text used as command
28071 To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the TeX Code box as described in
28072 the previous section.
28075 \begin_layout Standard
28076 If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the
28078 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28080 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
28088 \begin_layout Section
28089 Previewing Snippets of your Document
28093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28100 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28102 name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
28110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28119 \begin_layout Standard
28120 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
28121 fly so you can see how they'll look in the final document without having
28122 to break your train of thought with
28124 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28130 \begin_layout Standard
28131 If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by
28132 LaTeX, install the LaTeX-package
28140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28141 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! preview-latex
28146 as explained below, and turn on
28149 \begin_inset space ~
28156 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28162 \begin_inset space ~
28166 \begin_inset space ~
28169 feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28175 \begin_layout Standard
28176 Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish
28178 Previews of an already loaded document are
28182 generated just by selecting the
28185 \begin_inset space ~
28190 check box, you have to reopen the documents to activate the previews.
28193 \begin_layout Standard
28194 LyX will generate previews of math insets.
28195 It will also generate previews of included insets if you select the
28198 \begin_inset space ~
28203 check box in the insert dialog.
28204 This is useful if you wish to generate a preview of a LaTeX figure, for
28208 \begin_layout Standard
28209 To get previews working, you need the LaTeX package
28213 (on some systems named simply
28218 In case it is not already installed, you find it in the TeX Catalogue,
28220 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28226 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
28227 You obtain prettier results if you install the program
28235 package; for LyX on Windows this program is automatically installed together
28239 \begin_layout Standard
28240 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
28246 \begin_layout Standard
28247 You can furthermore preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts
28251 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28253 \begin_inset space ~
28258 and a window will be shown where you can see the LaTeX-source code.
28259 The window shows the source of the whole paragraph where the cursor is
28261 You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this
28262 selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code.
28263 To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in
28264 the source view window.
28267 \begin_layout Section
28269 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28271 name "sec:Spellchecking"
28279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28288 \begin_layout Standard
28289 LyX itself has no built-in spell checker.
28290 Rather it uses one of the external programs
28307 This section assumes you have already installed and set up one of these
28313 can be seen as successor of
28317 , so that it is recommended to use aspell.
28322 is a Hebrew spell-checker.
28323 The used spell checker ind its settings are specified in LyX's preferences
28331 \begin_layout Standard
28332 For LyX on Windows, the selection box for the spell checking program is
28333 greyed out in the preferences dialog because only
28340 \begin_layout Standard
28343 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28346 starts the spell checking beginning from the current cursor position.
28347 A dialog window will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found,
28348 allowing you to edit and replace it in a second line.
28349 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text
28350 scrolled so that it is visible.
28355 dialog, there is also a box showing suggestions for a correction, if any
28357 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy to the
28361 field, double-click invokes directly the replacement.
28362 Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
28365 \begin_layout Standard
28366 By default, the used dictionary file is determined by the document language
28369 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28373 If you do not have a dictionary for the document language, spell checking
28374 will bring an error message.
28375 In this case, you can specify another dictionary file in the dialog by
28376 specifying a different
28378 Alternative language
28380 in preferences dialog.
28383 \begin_layout Standard
28384 After a spell check you'll informed about the number of checked words.
28387 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
28391 \begin_layout Standard
28392 It is not possible to change the spelling of a particular word globally,
28393 rather than having to change the spelling separately for each occurrence
28395 But you can use the
28398 \begin_inset space ~
28402 \begin_inset space ~
28410 \begin_layout Standard
28411 LyX cannot correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
28412 This does work with
28416 , assuming you have marked the different languages appropriately.
28419 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
28423 \begin_layout Standard
28428 section in the preferences dialog has some additional options:
28431 \begin_layout Description
28433 \begin_inset space ~
28436 characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell checker
28437 should consider, e.g.
28438 German umlauts although you spell check English document.
28439 This should not normally be needed.
28442 \begin_layout Description
28444 \begin_inset space ~
28447 dictionary to use a different file than the spell checker's default choice
28448 as your personal dictionary
28451 \begin_layout Description
28453 \begin_inset space ~
28457 \begin_inset space ~
28460 words Prevent the spell checker from complaining about compounded words
28462 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28466 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28472 \begin_layout Description
28474 \begin_inset space ~
28478 \begin_inset space ~
28481 encoding Uses the document encoding that is set in the
28483 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28490 also for the spellchecker.
28494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28495 The encodings are explained in section
28496 \begin_inset space ~
28500 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28502 reference "sub:Settings"
28511 Only enable this if you use
28515 and can't spell check words with international letters in them.
28516 There have been reports that this does not work with all dictionaries,
28517 so this is disabled by default.
28520 \begin_layout Section
28525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28532 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28534 name "sec:Thesaurus"
28541 \begin_layout Standard
28542 Thesaurus currently only works when you use the document language English.
28545 \begin_layout Standard
28546 To start the thesaurus, highlight one word or set the cursor behind it,
28549 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28552 or the toolbar button
28553 \begin_inset Graphics
28554 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
28555 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28556 rotateOrigin center
28561 A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as
28565 \begin_layout Standard
28566 The shown related words are in many cases not really related to the word
28567 you are currently checking, scrolling in the shown list might help in some
28568 cases to find related words.
28571 \begin_layout Standard
28572 The thesaurus only works for single words, and also only when it is in the
28574 For example starting the thesaurus with the word
28575 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28579 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28582 leads to no results, while results are shown for the word
28583 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28587 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28591 To avoid this, you can highlight only the part
28592 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28596 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28600 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28604 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28610 \begin_layout Section
28615 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28626 Document ! Change Tracking
28632 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28634 name "sec:Change-Tracking"
28641 \begin_layout Standard
28642 When you work on a document together with many people it is extremely useful
28643 to see changes others made highlighted in the document.
28644 You can then decide if you accept a change or not.
28645 This can be achieved by turning on change tracking in the menu
28647 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28649 \begin_inset space ~
28652 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28654 \begin_inset space ~
28662 \begin_layout Standard
28663 Changes made in the document will then be highlighted by colors:
28672 You can change the color in LyX's preferences dialog under
28675 \begin_inset space ~
28679 \begin_inset space ~
28692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28701 \begin_layout Standard
28702 When change tracking is activated, you will see the review toolbar in LyX:
28706 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28715 \begin_layout Standard
28716 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28722 \begin_layout Standard
28723 \begin_inset Graphics
28724 filename clipart/ChangesToolbar.png
28731 \begin_layout Standard
28732 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28738 \begin_layout Standard
28739 The review toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
28743 \begin_layout Standard
28744 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28750 \begin_layout Standard
28751 \begin_inset Tabular
28752 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
28753 <features islongtable="true">
28754 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
28755 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
28756 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28757 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28761 \begin_inset Graphics
28762 filename ../images/changes-track.png
28763 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28764 rotateOrigin center
28773 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28779 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28781 \begin_inset space ~
28784 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28786 \begin_inset space ~
28795 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28796 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28800 \begin_inset Graphics
28801 filename ../images/changes-output.png
28802 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28803 rotateOrigin center
28812 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28818 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28820 \begin_inset space ~
28823 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28825 \begin_inset space ~
28829 \begin_inset space ~
28833 \begin_inset space ~
28842 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28843 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28847 \begin_inset Graphics
28848 filename ../images/change-next.png
28849 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28850 rotateOrigin center
28859 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28862 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28863 Jumps to the next change
28869 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28870 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28874 \begin_inset Graphics
28875 filename ../images/change-accept.png
28876 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28877 rotateOrigin center
28886 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28892 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28894 \begin_inset space ~
28897 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28899 \begin_inset space ~
28908 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28909 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28913 \begin_inset Graphics
28914 filename ../images/change-reject.png
28915 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28916 rotateOrigin center
28925 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28931 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28933 \begin_inset space ~
28936 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28938 \begin_inset space ~
28947 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28948 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28952 \begin_inset Graphics
28953 filename ../images/changes-merge.png
28954 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28955 rotateOrigin center
28964 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28970 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28972 \begin_inset space ~
28975 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28977 \begin_inset space ~
28986 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28987 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28991 \begin_inset Graphics
28992 filename ../images/all-changes-accept.png
28993 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28994 rotateOrigin center
29003 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29009 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29011 \begin_inset space ~
29014 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29016 \begin_inset space ~
29020 \begin_inset space ~
29029 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29030 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29034 \begin_inset Graphics
29035 filename ../images/all-changes-reject.png
29036 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29037 rotateOrigin center
29046 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29052 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29054 \begin_inset space ~
29057 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29059 \begin_inset space ~
29063 \begin_inset space ~
29072 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29073 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29076 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29077 \begin_inset Graphics
29078 filename ../images/note-insert.png
29079 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29080 rotateOrigin center
29089 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29092 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29095 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29096 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29098 \begin_inset space ~
29107 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29108 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29112 \begin_inset Graphics
29113 filename ../images/note-next.png
29114 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29115 rotateOrigin center
29124 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29130 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29132 \begin_inset space ~
29148 \begin_layout Standard
29149 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29155 \begin_layout Standard
29156 The review toolbar helps you to accept, reject, or merge changes -- highlight
29157 the change and press one of the desired toolbar buttons.
29158 When you merge changes, a window pops up showing you informations about
29159 the next change behind the current cursor position.
29160 So you don't need to highlight a certain change.
29161 Within the merge window you can decide to accept or reject changes and
29162 step to the next change.
29163 This way you can jump through all changes of the document.
29166 \begin_layout Standard
29167 The toolbar has two buttons to handle notes because notes are often important
29168 to describe a change.
29171 \begin_layout Standard
29172 To show made changes in the output you need the LaTeX package
29180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29181 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! dvipost
29187 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
29188 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29194 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
29197 \begin_layout Section
29198 International Support
29202 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29203 International support
29211 \begin_layout Standard
29212 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
29213 For some non-western languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain
29214 how to set up LyX to use them:
29215 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29217 key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew"
29224 \begin_layout Standard
29225 Besides languages, LyX also supports phonetic symbols, see section
29226 \begin_inset space ~
29230 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29232 reference "sub:Special-Character"
29239 \begin_layout Subsection
29244 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29255 Document ! Settings
29264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29265 Document ! Language
29273 \begin_layout Standard
29276 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29279 dialog lets you set
29281 the language and character encoding for your language.
29285 \begin_layout Standard
29286 Choose your language in the
29290 section of this dialog.
29298 \begin_layout Standard
29303 box lets you choose the character encoding map you want to use for LaTeX
29307 use language's default encoding
29309 is the preferred choice and works well in most cases.
29310 For details about the different encoding options see section
29311 \begin_inset space ~
29315 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29317 reference "sub:Settings"
29324 \begin_layout Subsection
29325 Keyboard mapping configuration
29326 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29328 name "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
29335 \begin_layout Standard
29336 If you have for example a U.S.-style keyboard and want to write in a different
29337 language than English, you can use an alternate keymap.
29338 For example, if you have a U.S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian,
29339 you can configure LyX to use an Italian keymap.
29340 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings,
29342 \begin_inset space ~
29346 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29348 reference "sub:Keyboard-Map"
29353 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
29354 which one you want to use.
29357 \begin_layout Standard
29358 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
29359 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
29360 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
29361 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
29362 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
29363 one to support the characters you want.
29364 This and much more customizations are explained in the
29371 \begin_layout Subsection
29373 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29382 \begin_layout Standard
29384 \begin_inset space ~
29388 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29390 reference "cap:The-latin1-character"
29399 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
29403 \begin_layout Standard
29404 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
29405 Here are some of the details you'll need to bear in mind when using characters
29413 \begin_layout Itemize
29414 Even if you have selected
29420 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29423 dialog, users who have only the
29427 -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
29431 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
29432 DE, FE, AB, and BB -- the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
29433 french quotes won't show up.
29436 \begin_layout Standard
29437 \begin_inset Float table
29442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29443 \begin_inset Caption
29445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29446 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29448 name "cap:The-latin1-character"
29464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29466 \begin_inset Tabular
29467 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
29469 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29470 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29471 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29472 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29473 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29474 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29475 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29476 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29477 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29478 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29479 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29480 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29481 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29482 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29483 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29484 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29485 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29487 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29496 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29514 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29532 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29550 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29568 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29586 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29604 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29622 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29640 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29658 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29676 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29694 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29712 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29730 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29748 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29766 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29786 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29804 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29813 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29822 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29831 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29848 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29865 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29882 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29899 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29916 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29925 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29934 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29943 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29960 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29977 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29994 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30011 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30030 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30048 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30057 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30066 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30083 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30100 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30117 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30134 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30151 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30168 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30177 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30186 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30203 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30220 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30254 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30271 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30290 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30308 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30317 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30326 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30338 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30346 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30363 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30380 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30397 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30414 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30431 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30440 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30449 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30458 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30475 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30492 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30509 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30526 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30545 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30563 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30572 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30581 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30584 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30598 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30615 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30632 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30649 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30666 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30683 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30692 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30701 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30718 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30735 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30752 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30769 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30786 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30805 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30823 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30832 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30841 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30858 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30875 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30892 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30909 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30926 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30943 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30952 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30961 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30964 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30970 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30987 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31004 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31021 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31038 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31057 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31075 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31084 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31093 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31110 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31127 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31130 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31144 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31161 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31178 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31195 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31204 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31213 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31222 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31239 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31256 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31273 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31290 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31309 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31327 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31336 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31345 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31362 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31379 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31396 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31413 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31430 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31447 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31456 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31465 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31474 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31491 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31508 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31525 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31542 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31561 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31564 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31579 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31588 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31597 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31614 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31631 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31648 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31665 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31682 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31699 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31708 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31717 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31734 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31751 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31768 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31785 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31802 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31821 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31839 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31848 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31857 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31874 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31891 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31894 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31908 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31925 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31942 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31945 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31959 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31968 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31977 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31994 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32011 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32028 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32045 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32062 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32081 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32099 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32108 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32117 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32134 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32151 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32168 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32185 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32202 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32219 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32228 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32254 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32271 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32288 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32305 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32322 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32341 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32359 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32368 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32377 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32394 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32411 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32428 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32445 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32462 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32479 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32488 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32497 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32514 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32531 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32548 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32565 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32582 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32601 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32604 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32619 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32628 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32637 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32654 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32671 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32688 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32705 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32722 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32739 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32748 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32757 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32774 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32791 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32808 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32825 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32842 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32861 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32879 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32888 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32897 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32914 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32931 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32934 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32948 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32967 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32984 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33001 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33010 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33019 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33036 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33053 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33070 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33087 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33104 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33123 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33141 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33150 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33159 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33176 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33193 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33210 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33227 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33244 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33261 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33270 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33279 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33288 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33305 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33322 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33339 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33356 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33375 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33393 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33402 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33411 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33428 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33445 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33462 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33479 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33496 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33513 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33522 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33531 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33548 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33565 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33582 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33599 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33616 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33635 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33653 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33662 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33665 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33671 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33688 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33705 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33722 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33739 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33756 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33765 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33774 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33783 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33800 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33817 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33834 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33851 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33868 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33898 \begin_layout Standard
33899 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
33901 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
33902 also the characters from
33914 \begin_layout Itemize
33923 \begin_layout Standard
33924 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
33925 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33931 \begin_layout Standard
33932 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
33933 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33939 \begin_layout Standard
33940 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
33941 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33947 \begin_layout Standard
33948 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
33949 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33955 \begin_layout Standard
33957 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33963 \begin_layout Standard
33965 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33971 \begin_layout Standard
33973 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33980 \begin_layout Itemize
33993 \begin_layout Standard
33995 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34001 \begin_layout Standard
34003 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34009 \begin_layout Standard
34011 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34017 \begin_layout Standard
34019 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34025 \begin_layout Standard
34027 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34033 \begin_layout Standard
34035 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34042 \begin_layout Standard
34043 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
34044 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters.
34045 Also make sure you're using the
34052 \begin_layout Chapter
34055 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34057 name "cha:The-User-Interface"
34064 \begin_layout Standard
34065 This appendix lists all available menus and describes its functionality.
34066 It is designed as quick reference if you are searching for a special topic
34067 inside the user's guide.
34070 \begin_layout Section
34075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34084 \begin_layout Standard
34089 menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations.
34090 At the end of the menu the four last opened documents are listed.
34093 \begin_layout Subsection
34097 \begin_layout Standard
34098 Creates a new document.
34101 \begin_layout Subsection
34105 \begin_layout Standard
34106 This menu prompts you for a template to use.
34107 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
34108 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
34111 \begin_layout Subsection
34115 \begin_layout Standard
34119 \begin_layout Subsection
34123 \begin_layout Standard
34124 The submenu shows a list of the recently opened files.
34125 Click there on a file to open it.
34128 \begin_layout Subsection
34132 \begin_layout Standard
34133 Closes the current document.
34136 \begin_layout Subsection
34140 \begin_layout Standard
34141 Saves the actual document.
34144 \begin_layout Subsection
34148 \begin_layout Standard
34149 Saves the actual document under a new name to create a copy.
34152 \begin_layout Subsection
34156 \begin_layout Standard
34157 Reloads the actual document from disk.
34160 \begin_layout Subsection
34164 \begin_layout Standard
34165 This is used when more people are working on the same document.
34166 It is described in the section
34168 Version Control in LyX
34173 \begin_inset space ~
34181 \begin_layout Subsection
34185 \begin_layout Standard
34186 You can import there files from older LyX-versions, LaTeX-files and plain
34187 text files (ASCII-files).
34188 The files will be imported as new LyX-document.
34191 \begin_layout Standard
34192 When using the menu
34195 \begin_inset space ~
34199 \begin_inset space ~
34204 , all lines will be imported consecutively to one big paragraph.
34205 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
34206 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
34207 will start a new paragraph.
34210 \begin_layout Subsection
34212 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34221 \begin_layout Standard
34222 You can export your document to various file formats.
34223 The resulting files are placed in the directory of your LyX-file.
34224 The menu entries are not the same on all installations.
34225 They depend on the programs found by LyX while its configuration.
34228 \begin_layout Standard
34229 Here is a list of all available entries; they are explained in detail in
34231 \begin_inset space ~
34235 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34237 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
34244 \begin_layout Description
34248 \begin_inset space ~
34253 format of the special LyX 1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese, and Korean
34254 (CJK); (Since LyX 1.5.0 CJK support is fully integrated to LyX.)
34257 \begin_layout Description
34265 \begin_layout Description
34266 HTML HTML-format (the HTML-converter is a third-party product and doesn't
34270 \begin_layout Description
34272 \begin_inset space ~
34276 \begin_inset space ~
34279 Word) HTML-format specialized so that the result can be imported to
34283 , as consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and not
34291 \begin_layout Description
34298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34306 \begin_inset space ~
34311 text file with the LaTeX source, additionally all images used in the document
34312 will be converted to a format that is readable for the
34316 program (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG)
34319 \begin_layout Description
34326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34334 \begin_inset space ~
34339 text file with the LaTeX source code, additionally all images used in the
34340 document will be converted to the EPS-format, only this format is readable
34348 \begin_layout Description
34350 \begin_inset space ~
34353 1.y.x LyX-document in a format readable for the LyX versions 1.y.x (
34354 \begin_inset Quotes eld
34358 \begin_inset Quotes erd
34361 is replaced by the version number)
34364 \begin_layout Description
34365 OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted text file, to be opened with
34378 (the OpenDocument-converter is a third-party product and doesn't work in
34382 \begin_layout Description
34387 PDF-format using the program
34392 \begin_layout Description
34396 \begin_inset space ~
34401 PDF-format using the program
34406 \begin_layout Description
34410 \begin_inset space ~
34415 PDF-format using the program
34420 \begin_layout Description
34424 \begin_inset space ~
34432 \begin_layout Description
34436 \begin_inset space ~
34440 \begin_inset space ~
34445 text format, the document will first be converted to Postscript format
34446 and then exported as text using the program
34451 \begin_layout Description
34456 PostScript format using the program
34461 \begin_layout Description
34469 \begin_layout Standard
34474 produces internally a DVI-file which is then converted to a PDF-file.
34475 It is a bit out of date and therefore the output could look different from
34481 produces directly PDF-files and supports the latest PDF-file formats.
34484 \begin_layout Standard
34485 If one of the menu entries
34492 \begin_inset space ~
34501 is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
34502 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
34503 \begin_inset space ~
34507 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34509 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
34517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34518 Reconfiguration of LyX
34526 \begin_layout Standard
34531 allows you to export your file by using special command line options for
34532 the export program.
34535 \begin_layout Subsection
34539 \begin_layout Standard
34540 With this menu you can print your document to a file in PostScript format
34541 or send it to a printer.
34542 The printer will also use the document in PostScript format.
34543 The conversion to PostScript is done in the background by LyX using the
34549 For more informations have a look at section
34550 \begin_inset space ~
34554 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34556 reference "sub:Printing-the-File"
34563 \begin_layout Subsection
34564 New and Close Window
34567 \begin_layout Standard
34568 Opens a new instance of LyX with all currently opened documents.
34569 You can close it later with the corresponding menu.
34572 \begin_layout Section
34577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34586 \begin_layout Subsection
34590 \begin_layout Standard
34591 Described in section
34592 \begin_inset space ~
34596 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34598 reference "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
34605 \begin_layout Subsection
34606 Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste Recent, Paste Special
34609 \begin_layout Standard
34610 Described in section
34611 \begin_inset space ~
34615 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34617 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
34624 \begin_layout Subsection
34628 \begin_layout Standard
34629 Selects the whole document.
34632 \begin_layout Subsection
34636 \begin_layout Standard
34637 Described in section
34638 \begin_inset space ~
34642 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34644 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
34651 \begin_layout Subsection
34652 Move paragraph Up/Down
34655 \begin_layout Standard
34656 This shifts the paragraph where the cursor is currently in one paragraph
34660 \begin_layout Subsection
34664 \begin_layout Standard
34665 Described in section
34666 \begin_inset space ~
34670 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34672 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
34679 \begin_layout Subsection
34684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34685 Paragraph ! Settings
34693 \begin_layout Standard
34694 The settings in the paragraph dialog only affects the paragraph where the
34696 Here you can set here the paragraph alignment and line spacing.
34699 \begin_layout Standard
34700 You can also prevent that the first line of the paragraph is indented.
34701 This option works only when you have chosen to separate paragraphs with
34704 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34710 \begin_inset space ~
34718 \begin_layout Subsection
34722 \begin_layout Standard
34723 These two menus are only active when the cursor is inside a table or a formula.
34724 The properties of this table/formula can now be changed.
34725 The properties of tables are described in section
34726 \begin_inset space ~
34730 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34732 reference "sec:Tables"
34736 , the properties of formulas in chapter
34737 \begin_inset space ~
34741 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34743 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
34750 \begin_layout Subsection
34751 Increase / Decrease List Depth
34754 \begin_layout Standard
34755 These menus are only active when the cursor is in an environment that can
34757 They in/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section
34758 \begin_inset space ~
34762 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34764 reference "sec:Nesting"
34769 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34771 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
34778 \begin_layout Section
34783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34792 \begin_layout Standard
34797 menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the actual
34798 document with an external program.
34799 The menu entries for the viewing formats are not the same on all installations
34800 - it depends on the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured.
34801 All possible formats are formats listed in section
34802 \begin_inset space ~
34806 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34808 reference "sub:Export"
34813 You should at least see the menu entries
34820 \begin_inset space ~
34826 If one of the two is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
34827 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
34828 \begin_inset space ~
34832 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34834 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
34842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34843 Reconfiguration of LyX
34851 \begin_layout Standard
34852 Invoking a menu will start a viewer program.
34853 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section
34854 \begin_inset space ~
34858 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34860 reference "sec:File-Formats"
34865 The default viewers are set by LyX while it is first configured.
34868 \begin_layout Standard
34869 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
34872 At the bottom of the
34876 menu the opened documents are listed.
34879 \begin_layout Subsection
34883 \begin_layout Standard
34884 Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described
34886 \begin_inset space ~
34890 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34892 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
34899 \begin_layout Subsection
34903 \begin_layout Standard
34904 This menu allows you to update the view with your latest changes without
34905 opening a new view window.
34908 \begin_layout Subsection
34910 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34912 name "sub:Toolbars"
34920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34929 \begin_layout Standard
34930 In this menu you can set the appearance of the different toolbars.
34931 All toolbars and the
34934 \begin_inset space ~
34939 can be turned on and off.
34944 state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark.
34956 \begin_inset space ~
34965 toolbars can be additionally set to the state
34969 that is denoted in the menu with the suffix
34976 \begin_layout Standard
34981 state the toolbar is permanently shown, in the
34985 state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment
34986 or when a certain feature is enabled.
34987 That means that the review toolbar will only be shown when change tracking
34988 is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown when the cursor
34989 is inside a formula or table, respectively.
34992 \begin_layout Standard
34993 LyX's toolbars and its buttons are explained in section
34994 \begin_inset space ~
34998 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35000 reference "sec:Toolbars"
35007 \begin_layout Section
35012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35021 \begin_layout Subsection
35025 \begin_layout Standard
35026 Inserts math constructs that are explained in chapter
35027 \begin_inset space ~
35031 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35033 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
35040 \begin_layout Subsection
35042 \begin_inset CommandInset label
35044 name "sub:Special-Character"
35051 \begin_layout Standard
35052 Here you can insert the following characters:
35055 \begin_layout Description
35056 Ellipsis Inserts an ellipsis: \SpecialChar \ldots{}
35060 \begin_layout Description
35062 \begin_inset space ~
35066 \begin_inset space ~
35069 Sentence Inserts an end of sentence dot as described in section
35070 \begin_inset space ~
35074 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35076 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
35083 \begin_layout Description
35085 \begin_inset space ~
35088 Quote Inserts this quote:
35089 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35092 , no matter what quote type you selected in the
35094 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35104 \begin_layout Description
35106 \begin_inset space ~
35109 Quote Inserts this quote:
35110 \begin_inset Quotes els
35116 \begin_layout Description
35118 \begin_inset space ~
35121 Separator Inserts the menu separator sign: \SpecialChar \menuseparator
35125 \begin_layout Description
35127 \begin_inset space ~
35134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35145 Language ! Phonetic symbols
35150 Creates a formula with a so called tipa inset.
35151 Here you can insert commands to create IPA phonetic symbols.
35152 For this feature you must have the LaTeX-package
35160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35161 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! tipa
35167 \begin_inset Newline newline
35170 For more informations about this feature we refer to the documentation of
35174 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
35182 and this Wiki-page:
35183 \begin_inset Newline newline
35187 \begin_inset Flex URL
35190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35192 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LinguistLyX
35200 \begin_layout Subsection
35204 \begin_layout Standard
35205 Here you can insert the following format constructs:
35208 \begin_layout Description
35209 Superscript Inserts an superscript: test
35210 \begin_inset Formula $^{\text{a,b}}$
35216 \begin_layout Description
35217 Subscript Inserts an subscript: test
35218 \begin_inset Formula $_{\text{3x}}$
35224 \begin_layout Description
35226 \begin_inset space ~
35229 Space Inserts a protected space that is described in section
35230 \begin_inset space ~
35234 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35236 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
35243 \begin_layout Description
35245 \begin_inset space ~
35248 Space Inserts an inter-word space that is described in section
35249 \begin_inset space ~
35253 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35255 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
35262 \begin_layout Description
35264 \begin_inset space ~
35267 Space Inserts a thin space that is described in section
35268 \begin_inset space ~
35272 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35274 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
35281 \begin_layout Description
35283 \begin_inset space ~
35286 Fill Inserts an horizontal fill, see section
35287 \begin_inset space ~
35291 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35293 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
35300 \begin_layout Description
35302 \begin_inset space ~
35305 Line Inserts an horizontal line, see section
35306 \begin_inset space ~
35310 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35312 reference "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
35319 \begin_layout Description
35321 \begin_inset space ~
35324 Space Inserts vertical space, see section
35325 \begin_inset space ~
35329 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35331 reference "sub:Vertical-Space"
35338 \begin_layout Description
35340 \begin_inset space ~
35343 Point Inserts an hyphenation point, see section
35344 \begin_inset space ~
35348 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35350 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
35357 \begin_layout Description
35359 \begin_inset space ~
35362 Break Inserts a ligature break, see section
35363 \begin_inset space ~
35367 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35369 reference "sub:Ligatures"
35376 \begin_layout Description
35378 \begin_inset space ~
35381 Break Inserts a forced linebreak, see section
35382 \begin_inset space ~
35386 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35388 reference "sub:Forced-Linebreaks"
35395 \begin_layout Description
35397 \begin_inset space ~
35400 Break Inserts a forced pagebreak, described in section
35401 \begin_inset space ~
35405 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35407 reference "sub:Forced-Pagebreaks"
35414 \begin_layout Description
35416 \begin_inset space ~
35419 Page Inserts a clear pagebreak, described in section
35420 \begin_inset space ~
35424 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35426 reference "sub:Clear-Pages"
35433 \begin_layout Description
35435 \begin_inset space ~
35439 \begin_inset space ~
35442 Page Inserts a clear doublepage break, described in section
35443 \begin_inset space ~
35447 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35449 reference "sub:Clear-Pages"
35456 \begin_layout Subsection
35460 \begin_layout Standard
35461 Various lists can be inserted with this menu.
35462 The table of contents, the algorithm, figures, and tables list are described
35464 \begin_inset space ~
35468 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35470 reference "sec:toc"
35475 The index list is described in section
35476 \begin_inset space ~
35480 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35482 reference "sec:Index"
35486 , the nomenclature in section
35487 \begin_inset space ~
35491 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35493 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
35497 , and the BibTeX bibliography in section
35498 \begin_inset space ~
35502 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35504 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
35511 \begin_layout Subsection
35515 \begin_layout Standard
35516 To insert floats, described in section
35517 \begin_inset space ~
35521 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35523 reference "sec:Floats"
35530 \begin_layout Subsection
35534 \begin_layout Standard
35535 To insert notes, described in section
35536 \begin_inset space ~
35540 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35542 reference "sec:Notes"
35549 \begin_layout Subsection
35553 \begin_layout Standard
35554 Inserts branch insets as described in section
35555 \begin_inset space ~
35559 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35561 reference "sec:Branches"
35568 \begin_layout Subsection
35573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35582 \begin_layout Standard
35583 Here you can inserts files to include them or its content to your document.
35584 How this can be done is in detail explained in chapter
35595 \begin_layout Subsection
35600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35609 \begin_layout Standard
35610 Inserts a minipage box that is described section
35611 \begin_inset space ~
35615 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35617 reference "sec:Minipages"
35622 All box types supported by LyX are explained in detail in chapter
35633 \begin_layout Subsection
35637 \begin_layout Standard
35638 Inserts a citation as described in section
35639 \begin_inset space ~
35643 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35645 reference "sec:Bibliography"
35652 \begin_layout Subsection
35656 \begin_layout Standard
35657 Inserts a cross-reference as described in section
35658 \begin_inset space ~
35662 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35664 reference "sec:Cross-References"
35671 \begin_layout Subsection
35675 \begin_layout Standard
35676 Inserts a label as described in section
35677 \begin_inset space ~
35681 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35683 reference "sec:Cross-References"
35690 \begin_layout Subsection
35695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35706 Longtables ! Caption
35714 \begin_layout Standard
35715 Inserts a caption to floats or longtables.
35716 Floats are described in section
35717 \begin_inset space ~
35721 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35723 reference "sec:Floats"
35727 , cations in longtables are described in section
35738 \begin_layout Subsection
35742 \begin_layout Standard
35743 Inserts an index entry as described in section
35744 \begin_inset space ~
35748 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35750 reference "sec:Index"
35757 \begin_layout Subsection
35761 \begin_layout Standard
35762 Inserts a nomenclature entry as described in section
35763 \begin_inset space ~
35767 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35769 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
35776 \begin_layout Subsection
35780 \begin_layout Standard
35782 Tables are described in section
35783 \begin_inset space ~
35787 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35789 reference "sec:Tables"
35796 \begin_layout Subsection
35800 \begin_layout Standard
35802 Graphics are described in section
35803 \begin_inset space ~
35807 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35809 reference "sec:Graphics"
35816 \begin_layout Subsection
35820 \begin_layout Standard
35821 Inserts an URL box as described in section
35822 \begin_inset space ~
35826 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35828 reference "sec:URL"
35835 \begin_layout Subsection
35839 \begin_layout Standard
35840 Inserts a footnote, see section
35841 \begin_inset space ~
35845 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35847 reference "sec:Footnotes"
35854 \begin_layout Subsection
35858 \begin_layout Standard
35859 Inserts a marginal note, see section
35860 \begin_inset space ~
35864 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35866 reference "sec:Marginal-Notes"
35873 \begin_layout Subsection
35877 \begin_layout Standard
35878 Inserts a short title, see section
35879 \begin_inset space ~
35883 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35885 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
35892 \begin_layout Subsection
35896 \begin_layout Standard
35897 Inserts a TeX Code box, see section
35898 \begin_inset space ~
35902 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35904 reference "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
35911 \begin_layout Subsection
35916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35925 \begin_layout Standard
35926 Inserts a program listings box.
35927 Program listings are explained in chapter
35929 Program Code Listings
35938 \begin_layout Subsection
35942 \begin_layout Standard
35943 Inserts the actual date.
35944 The format dependends on the date format of the language that is used for
35946 LyX offers another ways to insert a date which is explained in section
35956 There the different methods are also compared.
35959 \begin_layout Section
35964 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35973 \begin_layout Standard
35974 This menu lists the existing, chapter, sections, figures, and tables of
35975 the current document.
35976 This allows you to navigate easily through you document.
35979 \begin_layout Standard
35980 The Navigate menu also offers to
35983 \begin_layout Subsection
35987 \begin_layout Standard
35988 With this menu you are able to define your own bookmarks.
35989 This is useful when you are working on a large documents and often have
35992 \begin_inset space ~
35996 To create bookmarks for this example, go to section
35997 \begin_inset space ~
36000 2.5 and use the menu
36003 \begin_inset space ~
36007 \begin_inset space ~
36014 \begin_inset space ~
36020 \begin_inset space ~
36024 \begin_inset space ~
36030 Now you can easily jump between these sections by using the menu or by
36042 \begin_layout Standard
36043 You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents.
36044 The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed.
36047 \begin_layout Subsection
36048 Next Note, Change, Cross-reference
36051 \begin_layout Standard
36052 Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference following the current
36056 \begin_layout Subsection
36060 \begin_layout Standard
36061 Only active when the cursor is in front of a cross-reference.
36062 Sets the cursor before the referenced label, the same as if you right-click
36063 on a cross-reference box.
36066 \begin_layout Section
36071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36080 \begin_layout Subsection
36084 \begin_layout Standard
36085 Change Tracking is described in section
36086 \begin_inset space ~
36090 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36092 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
36099 \begin_layout Subsection
36104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36114 \begin_layout Standard
36115 After running LaTeX by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be
36117 It shows the logfile of the used LaTeX-program.
36120 \begin_layout Standard
36121 Here you can see how LaTeX works in the background.
36126 will find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors.
36129 \begin_layout Subsection
36133 \begin_layout Standard
36134 Opens the TOC/Outline window as described in section
36135 \begin_inset space ~
36139 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36141 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
36148 \begin_layout Subsection
36149 Start Appendix Here
36152 \begin_layout Standard
36153 This menu will start the appendix of the document at the current cursor
36154 position as described in section
36155 \begin_inset space ~
36159 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36161 reference "sec:Appendices"
36168 \begin_layout Subsection
36172 \begin_layout Standard
36173 Un/compresses the actual document.
36176 \begin_layout Subsection
36178 \begin_inset CommandInset label
36180 name "sub:Settings"
36188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36189 Document ! Settings
36197 \begin_layout Standard
36198 This menu dialog contains some submenus to set properties for the whole
36200 You can save your document settings as default with the
36202 Save as Document Defaults
36204 button in the dialog.
36205 This will create a template named
36209 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you create a new document without
36213 \begin_layout Standard
36214 The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following:
36217 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36221 \begin_layout Standard
36222 Here you set the document class, class options, and a Postscript driver.
36223 Document classes are described in section
36224 \begin_inset space ~
36228 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36230 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
36235 The Postscript driver is used for LaTeX's color and graphics packages.
36240 , the default driver for the LaTeX-packages are used.
36241 It is recommended to use the default unless your know what you are doing.
36244 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36248 \begin_layout Standard
36249 The document font settings are described in section
36250 \begin_inset space ~
36254 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36256 reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
36263 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36267 \begin_layout Standard
36268 You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by indentations or vertical
36270 The line spacing and the number of text columns can here also be specified.
36274 \begin_layout Standard
36275 Note that LyX won't show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen.
36276 That's impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the WYSIWYM concept.
36277 However, it will be as you specified it in the output.
36280 \begin_layout Standard
36281 The listings settings are explained in the corresponding section in the
36289 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36293 \begin_layout Standard
36294 A description of this menu is given in section
36295 \begin_inset space ~
36299 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36301 reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
36306 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36308 reference "sub:Document-Layout"
36315 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36319 \begin_layout Standard
36320 Here you can adjust the paper margins, see section
36321 \begin_inset space ~
36325 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36327 reference "sub:Margins"
36334 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36340 Language ! Encoding
36348 \begin_layout Standard
36349 The document language and quote styles are set here.
36350 The encoding specifies how the document content is exported to LaTeX (the
36351 LyX file is always encoded in utf8).
36352 All characters that cannot be encoded using the specified encoding will
36353 be exported as LaTeX-commands (this can fail if a LaTeX-command is not
36354 known for a particular character).
36358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36359 The known commands are defined in a text file.
36360 You can add commands for unknown symbols to that file yourself, see the
36365 manual for details.
36373 \begin_layout Standard
36374 If you use the option
36376 use language's default encoding
36378 , LyX determines the encoding of a portion of text from the language of
36380 If the document contains text in more than one language you may get more
36381 than one encoding in the LaTeX file.
36382 If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use
36383 exactly one encoding.
36384 Checking this option is the preferred setting unless you use
36392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36393 XeTeX is a TeX typesetting engine, an alternative for LaTeX.
36394 It natively supports Unicode while its input file is assumed to be in UTF-8
36396 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
36397 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
36411 \begin_layout Standard
36412 LyX also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need
36413 lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively.
36414 If you want to use this (and your LaTeX installation supports Unicode,
36415 for that matter), choose one of the four utf8 variants from the list below.
36416 Unfortunately the unicode support of standard LaTeX is quite incomplete,
36417 so it is not uncommon that a file with lots of unicode symbols works fine
36420 use language's default encoding
36422 (when LyX uses it's list of known LaTeX-commands), but does not work with
36423 a fixed utf8 encoding (when the list of known LaTeX-commands is ot used,
36424 because all unicode symbols can be encoded in utf8).
36427 \begin_layout Standard
36428 Here is a list with the important encodings:
36431 \begin_layout Description
36433 \begin_inset space ~
36438 use language's default encoding
36440 , but the LaTeX-package
36448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36449 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
36455 When using this, you probably need to load some other packages manually
36456 in the preamble and specify the used encoding for text parts in foreign
36457 languages in TeX code.
36460 \begin_layout Description
36461 armscii8 encoding for Armenian
36464 \begin_layout Description
36465 ascii the ASCII encoding, covers only plain English, may result in a big
36466 file because lots of LaTeX-commands may be needed
36469 \begin_layout Description
36470 cp1250 MS Windows code page for latin2
36473 \begin_layout Description
36474 cp1251 MS Windows code page for Cyrillic
36477 \begin_layout Description
36478 cp1252 MS Windows code page for latin1
36481 \begin_layout Description
36482 cp1255 MS Windows code page for Hebrew, superset of the ISO-8859-8 encoding
36485 \begin_layout Description
36486 cp1256 MS Windows code page for Arabic and Farsi
36489 \begin_layout Description
36490 cp1257 MS Windows code page for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, the ISO-8859-
36491 13 encoding that is a superset of the ISO-8859-4 encoding
36494 \begin_layout Description
36495 iso88595 the ISO-8859-5 encoding, covers Belorussian, Bulgarian, Macedonian,
36496 Serbian, and Ukrainian
36499 \begin_layout Description
36500 iso-8859-7 the ISO-8859-7 encoding, covers Greek
36503 \begin_layout Description
36504 8859-8 the ISO-8859-8 encoding, covers Hebrew
36507 \begin_layout Description
36508 koi8-r standard Cyrillic especially for Russian
36511 \begin_layout Description
36512 koi8-u Cyrillic for Ukrainian
36515 \begin_layout Description
36516 latin1 the ISO-8859-1 encoding, covers the languages Albanian, Catalan,
36517 Danish, Dutch, English, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Icelandic,
36518 Irish, Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish, and Swedish; should be
36522 \begin_layout Description
36523 latin2 the ISO-8859-2 encoding, covers Albanian, Croatian, Czech, German,
36524 Hungarian, Polish, Romanian, Slovak, and Slovenian
36527 \begin_layout Description
36528 latin3 the ISO-8859-3 encoding, covers Esperanto, Galician, Maltese, and
36532 \begin_layout Description
36533 latin4 the ISO-8859-4 encoding, covers Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian
36536 \begin_layout Description
36537 latin5 the ISO-8859-9 encoding, covers Turkish, like the ISO-8859-1 encoding
36538 where the Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones
36541 \begin_layout Description
36542 latin9 the ISO-8859-15 encoding, like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with
36543 the euro currency sign, the
36547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36556 -ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish; latin9 should
36557 be the replacement for latin1
36560 \begin_layout Description
36561 pt154 Cyrillic for Kazakh
36564 \begin_layout Description
36565 utf8 Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
36573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36574 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
36580 Currently only a limited range of characters (mainly for Latin scripts)
36584 \begin_layout Description
36585 utf8x Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX package
36593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36594 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! ucs
36599 (comprehensive, including Latin, Greek, Cyrillic and CJK scripts).
36602 \begin_layout Description
36603 UTF8 Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
36611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36612 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! CJK
36617 (for the languages Chinese, Japanese and Korean)
36620 \begin_layout Description
36621 utf8-plain Unicode utf8 to be used with
36625 , which uses Unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package
36633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36634 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
36635 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
36649 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36653 \begin_layout Standard
36654 You can adjust here the numbering depth of sections headings as described
36656 \begin_inset space ~
36660 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36662 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
36669 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36673 \begin_layout Standard
36674 You can specify here a citation style using the Latex@LaTeX-packages
36682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36683 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! natbib
36696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36697 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! jurabib
36703 For a further description see section
36704 \begin_inset space ~
36708 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36710 reference "sec:Bibliography"
36717 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36721 \begin_layout Standard
36722 These options will force LyX to use the Latex@LaTeX-packages
36730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36731 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! amsmath
36744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36745 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! esint
36750 or to use them automatically when they are needed.
36753 \begin_layout Standard
36758 is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas,
36759 assure that you have enabled AMS.
36762 \begin_layout Standard
36767 is used for special integral characters.
36770 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36774 \begin_layout Standard
36775 The float placement options are described in section
36776 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
36780 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36782 reference "sub:Float-Placement"
36789 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36793 \begin_layout Standard
36794 Here you can adjust the characters for the itemize levels.
36795 The itemize environment is described in section
36796 \begin_inset space ~
36800 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36802 reference "sec:Itemize"
36809 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36813 \begin_layout Standard
36814 Branches are described in section
36815 \begin_inset space ~
36819 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36821 reference "sec:Branches"
36828 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36843 \begin_layout Standard
36844 In this text field are entered commands to load special LaTeX-packages or
36845 to define LaTeX-commands.
36846 The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts.
36847 You shouldn't enter commands here until you don't exactly know what you
36851 \begin_layout Standard
36852 An introduction in the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
36853 \begin_inset space ~
36857 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36859 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
36866 \begin_layout Section
36871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36880 \begin_layout Subsection
36884 \begin_layout Standard
36885 Spell checking is explained in section
36886 \begin_inset space ~
36890 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36892 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
36899 \begin_layout Subsection
36903 \begin_layout Standard
36904 The thesaurus is described in section
36905 \begin_inset space ~
36909 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36911 reference "sec:Thesaurus"
36918 \begin_layout Subsection
36923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36932 \begin_layout Standard
36933 Counts the number of words in the actual document or the highlighted document
36937 \begin_layout Subsection
36942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36951 \begin_layout Standard
36952 Shows you a list of the classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-system.
36955 \begin_layout Subsection
36960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36961 Lyx@LyX ! Reconfigure|see
36965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36972 Reconfiguration of LyX
36976 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36993 Reconfiguration of LyX
37001 \begin_layout Standard
37002 This menu reconfigures LyX.
37003 That means LyX looks for LaTeX-packages and needed programs, see also section
37004 \begin_inset space ~
37008 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37010 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
37017 \begin_layout Subsection
37021 \begin_layout Standard
37022 The preferences dialog is described in detail in chapter
37023 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37027 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37029 reference "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
37036 \begin_layout Section
37041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37050 \begin_layout Standard
37051 This menu opens the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
37055 \begin_layout Standard
37059 \begin_inset space ~
37064 shows a LyX-document with informations about the LaTeX-packages and classes
37065 found by LyX (see also section
37066 \begin_inset space ~
37070 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37072 reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
37079 \begin_layout Section
37081 \begin_inset CommandInset label
37083 name "sec:Toolbars"
37090 \begin_layout Standard
37091 How to show or hide toolbars is explained in section
37092 \begin_inset space ~
37096 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37098 reference "sub:Toolbars"
37105 \begin_layout Standard
37106 It is also possible to define custom toolbars.
37107 This is described in the
37114 \begin_layout Subsection
37119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37128 \begin_layout Standard
37129 \begin_inset Graphics
37130 filename clipart/StandardToolbar.png
37138 \begin_layout Standard
37139 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37145 \begin_layout Standard
37146 The standard toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
37151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37163 \begin_inset Note Note
37166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37167 This is necessary to left align the following longtables.
37172 manual for more information.
37180 \begin_layout Standard
37181 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37187 \begin_layout Standard
37188 \begin_inset Tabular
37189 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="2">
37190 <features islongtable="true">
37191 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
37192 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
37194 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37198 \begin_inset Graphics
37199 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
37209 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37212 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37213 pull-down menu for the paragraph environments
37226 \begin_layout Standard
37227 \begin_inset VSpace -10mm
37233 \begin_layout Standard
37235 \begin_inset Tabular
37236 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
37237 <features islongtable="true">
37238 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37239 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37240 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37241 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37244 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37247 \begin_inset Graphics
37248 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
37249 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37258 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37264 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37271 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37272 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37276 \begin_inset Graphics
37277 filename ../images/file-open.png
37278 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37287 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37293 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37300 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37301 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37304 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37305 \begin_inset Graphics
37306 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
37307 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37316 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37322 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37329 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37330 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37334 \begin_inset Graphics
37335 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
37336 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 24bp 20bp
37345 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37351 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37358 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37359 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37363 \begin_inset Graphics
37364 filename ../images/dialog-show_spellchecker.png
37365 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37374 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37380 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37387 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37388 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37392 \begin_inset Graphics
37393 filename ../images/undo.png
37394 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37403 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37409 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37416 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37417 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37421 \begin_inset Graphics
37422 filename ../images/redo.png
37423 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37432 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37438 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37445 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37446 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37450 \begin_inset Graphics
37451 filename ../images/cut.png
37452 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37461 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37467 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37474 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37475 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37479 \begin_inset Graphics
37480 filename ../images/copy.png
37481 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37490 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37496 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37503 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37504 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37508 \begin_inset Graphics
37509 filename ../images/paste.png
37510 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37519 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37525 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37532 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37533 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37537 \begin_inset Graphics
37538 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
37539 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37540 rotateOrigin center
37549 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37555 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37557 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37561 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37570 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37571 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37575 \begin_inset Graphics
37576 filename ../images/font-emph.png
37577 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37586 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37590 Emphasize text, function of the Edit
37592 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
37594 \begin_inset space ~
37605 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37606 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37610 \begin_inset Graphics
37611 filename ../images/font-noun.png
37612 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37621 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37624 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37625 Set text to noun style, function of the Edit
37627 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
37629 \begin_inset space ~
37640 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37641 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37645 \begin_inset Graphics
37646 filename ../images/textstyle-apply.png
37647 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37656 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37660 Formats text using the current settings in the
37662 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37664 \begin_inset space ~
37675 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37676 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37680 \begin_inset Graphics
37681 filename ../images/math-mode.png
37682 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37691 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37697 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37698 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37700 \begin_inset space ~
37709 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37710 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37714 \begin_inset Graphics
37715 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
37716 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37717 rotateOrigin center
37726 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37732 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37739 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37740 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37744 \begin_inset Graphics
37745 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
37746 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37747 rotateOrigin center
37756 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37762 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37769 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37770 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37774 \begin_inset Graphics
37775 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
37776 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37777 rotateOrigin center
37786 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37790 Toggle outline window on/off,
37792 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37799 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37800 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37804 \begin_inset Graphics
37805 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_math.png
37806 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37807 rotateOrigin center
37816 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37820 Toggle math toolbar on/off
37826 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37827 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37831 \begin_inset Graphics
37832 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_table.png
37833 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37834 rotateOrigin center
37843 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37847 Toggle table toolbar on/off
37860 \begin_layout Subsection
37865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37874 \begin_layout Standard
37875 \begin_inset Graphics
37876 filename clipart/ExtraToolbar.png
37884 \begin_layout Standard
37885 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37891 \begin_layout Standard
37892 The extra toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
37896 \begin_layout Standard
37897 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37903 \begin_layout Standard
37904 \begin_inset Tabular
37905 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="24" columns="2">
37906 <features islongtable="true">
37907 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37908 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37909 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37910 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37914 \begin_inset Graphics
37915 filename ../images/layout.png
37916 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37917 rotateOrigin center
37926 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37936 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37937 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37941 \begin_inset Graphics
37942 filename ../images/layout_Enumerate.png
37943 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37944 rotateOrigin center
37953 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37963 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37964 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37968 \begin_inset Graphics
37969 filename ../images/layout_Itemize.png
37970 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37971 rotateOrigin center
37980 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37990 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37991 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37995 \begin_inset Graphics
37996 filename ../images/layout_List.png
37997 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37998 rotateOrigin center
38007 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38017 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38018 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38022 \begin_inset Graphics
38023 filename ../images/layout_Description.png
38024 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38025 rotateOrigin center
38034 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38044 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38045 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38049 \begin_inset Graphics
38050 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
38051 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38052 rotateOrigin center
38061 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38067 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38069 \begin_inset space ~
38073 \begin_inset space ~
38082 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38083 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38087 \begin_inset Graphics
38088 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
38089 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38090 rotateOrigin center
38099 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38105 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38107 \begin_inset space ~
38111 \begin_inset space ~
38120 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38121 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38124 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38125 \begin_inset Graphics
38126 filename ../images/float-insert_figure.png
38127 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38136 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38142 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38143 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38150 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38151 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38155 \begin_inset Graphics
38156 filename ../images/float-insert_table.png
38157 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38166 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38172 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38173 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38180 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38181 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38185 \begin_inset Graphics
38186 filename ../images/label-insert.png
38187 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38196 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38202 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38209 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38210 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38214 \begin_inset Graphics
38215 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
38216 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38225 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38231 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38238 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38239 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38243 \begin_inset Graphics
38244 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
38245 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38254 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38260 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38267 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38268 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38272 \begin_inset Graphics
38273 filename ../images/index-insert.png
38274 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38283 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38289 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38291 \begin_inset space ~
38300 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38301 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38304 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38305 \begin_inset Graphics
38306 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
38307 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38316 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38322 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38324 \begin_inset space ~
38333 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38334 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38338 \begin_inset Graphics
38339 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
38340 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38349 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38355 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38362 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38363 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38367 \begin_inset Graphics
38368 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
38369 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38370 rotateOrigin center
38379 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38385 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38387 \begin_inset space ~
38396 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38397 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38401 \begin_inset Graphics
38402 filename ../images/note-insert.png
38403 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38412 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38418 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38419 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38421 \begin_inset space ~
38430 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38431 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38435 \begin_inset Graphics
38436 filename ../images/box-insert.png
38437 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38446 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38452 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38459 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38460 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38464 \begin_inset Graphics
38465 filename ../images/url-insert.png
38466 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38475 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38481 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38488 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38489 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38493 \begin_inset Graphics
38494 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
38495 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38504 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38510 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38532 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38533 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38537 \begin_inset Graphics
38538 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_include.png
38539 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38548 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38554 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38555 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38557 \begin_inset space ~
38566 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38567 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38571 \begin_inset Graphics
38572 filename ../images/dialog-show_character.png
38573 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38574 rotateOrigin center
38583 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38589 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38591 \begin_inset space ~
38600 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38601 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38604 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38605 \begin_inset Graphics
38606 filename ../images/layout-paragraph.png
38607 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38608 rotateOrigin center
38617 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38623 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38625 \begin_inset space ~
38634 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38635 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38639 \begin_inset Graphics
38640 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
38641 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38642 rotateOrigin center
38651 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38657 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38671 \begin_layout Subsection
38672 View / Update Toolbar
38676 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38677 Toolbar ! View / Update
38685 \begin_layout Standard
38686 \begin_inset Graphics
38687 filename clipart/ViewToolbar.png
38694 \begin_layout Standard
38695 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38701 \begin_layout Standard
38702 The view / update toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the
38706 \begin_layout Standard
38707 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38713 \begin_layout Standard
38714 \begin_inset Tabular
38715 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="6" columns="2">
38716 <features islongtable="true">
38717 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38718 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38719 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38720 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38724 \begin_inset Graphics
38725 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
38726 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38727 rotateOrigin center
38736 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38739 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38742 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38749 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38750 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38754 \begin_inset Graphics
38755 filename ../images/buffer-update_dvi.png
38756 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38757 rotateOrigin center
38766 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38772 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38773 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38780 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38781 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38785 \begin_inset Graphics
38786 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
38787 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38788 rotateOrigin center
38797 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38803 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38810 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38811 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38815 \begin_inset Graphics
38816 filename ../images/buffer-update_pdf2.png
38817 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38818 rotateOrigin center
38827 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38833 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38834 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38840 This button is on some LyX for Windows installations not here because its
38841 functionality is merged with
38843 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38858 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38859 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38862 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38863 \begin_inset Graphics
38864 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
38865 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38866 rotateOrigin center
38875 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38881 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38888 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38889 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38893 \begin_inset Graphics
38894 filename ../images/buffer-update_ps.png
38895 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38896 rotateOrigin center
38905 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38911 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38912 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38926 \begin_layout Subsection
38930 \begin_layout Standard
38931 The change tracking toolbar is explained in section
38932 \begin_inset space ~
38936 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38938 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
38942 , the table toolbar
38946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38952 is explained in the
38959 \begin_layout Chapter
38965 \begin_inset CommandInset label
38967 name "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
38975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38984 \begin_layout Standard
38985 The preferences dialog is called with the menu Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38987 It consists of submenus explained in the following.
38990 \begin_layout Section
38994 \begin_layout Subsection
38996 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39007 Customization ! of toolbars
39016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39017 Customization ! of menus
39025 \begin_layout Standard
39026 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
39029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39034 You have to restart LyX before changes in ui- and bind-files take effect.
39042 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39043 User Interface File
39047 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39048 Customization ! of toolbars
39057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39058 Customization ! of menus
39066 \begin_layout Standard
39067 The appearance of the menus and toolbars can be changed by choosing an user
39068 interface (ui) file.
39069 An ui-file is a textfile where the toolbars and menus are listed.
39070 The toolbar buttons and menu entries are specified in the files
39079 Both files are loaded by the
39084 To create your own menu and toolbar layout, start with a copy of these
39085 files and edit the entries.
39088 \begin_layout Standard
39089 The syntax of the .inc-files is straightforward: The
39101 entries must be ended with an explicit
39126 and in the case of the
39127 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39131 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39139 The syntax for the entries is:
39142 \begin_layout Standard
39143 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
39149 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39157 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39161 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39165 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39171 \begin_layout Standard
39173 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
39176 All LyX-functions are listed in
39177 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
39186 \begin_layout Standard
39187 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
39193 \begin_layout Standard
39194 An example: Assuming you use the menu
39196 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39199 quite often and therefore want six available bookmarks, you can add the
39203 \begin_layout Standard
39204 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
39209 Item "Save Bookmark 6" "bookmark-save 6"
39212 \begin_layout Standard
39214 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
39217 to the navigate menu section in the .inc-file to have the sixth bookmark.
39220 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39234 \begin_layout Standard
39235 Bindings are used to bind a function to a key.
39236 Several binding files are available:
39239 \begin_layout Description
39240 cua.bind typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts
39243 \begin_layout Description
39244 (x)emacs.bind set of bindings like they are used in the editor programs
39255 \begin_layout Description
39256 mac.bind set of bindings for
39259 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39267 \begin_layout Standard
39268 There are also bind-files designed for special document classes, like
39272 , and bind files for special languages.
39273 The name of language bind-files begin with a language code, e.g.
39275 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39279 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39283 If you use LyX in a certain language, LyX will try to use the appropriate
39287 \begin_layout Standard
39288 Some bind-files, like
39292 , have only a small scope.
39293 When looking at the the end of the file
39297 , you can see that they are included to keep the overview in the bind-file.
39300 \begin_layout Standard
39301 If you like to customize the keybindings to your own taste, modify the bind-file
39302 s with a text editor.
39303 The syntax of the entries is:
39306 \begin_layout Standard
39312 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39316 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39320 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39324 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39330 \begin_layout Standard
39331 All LyX-functions are listed in
39332 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
39341 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39345 \begin_layout Standard
39349 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39353 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39356 restore window size, or use fixed size
39358 is not checked, you can specify the size of LyX's main window when LyX
39362 \begin_layout Standard
39366 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39370 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39373 restore window position
39375 LyX will be opened with its main window at the last used position.
39378 \begin_layout Standard
39381 Restore cursor positions
39383 sets the cursor to the position in the file where it has been the last
39387 \begin_layout Standard
39390 Load opened files from last session
39392 opens all files that were opened in the last LyX session.
39395 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39397 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39399 name "sub:Backup documents"
39407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39416 \begin_layout Standard
39421 is set, you can specify the time between backup saves.
39424 \begin_layout Standard
39429 is the number of last opened files that LyX should display in the menu
39432 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39434 \begin_inset space ~
39442 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39446 \begin_layout Standard
39449 Cursor follows scrollbar
39451 sets the cursor to the top of the currently displayed document part when
39455 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39459 \begin_layout Standard
39462 Enable Pixmap Cache
39464 enabled, LyX needs to redraw the screen less often.
39465 This results in better performance, especially on slow systems.
39466 On the other hand, the characters might look more fuzzy on screen.
39467 So whether you enable this or not depends on whether you prefer speed over
39469 Note that the Pixmap Cache is only available and useful under Mac
39470 \begin_inset space ~
39476 \begin_layout Subsection
39481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39488 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39490 name "sub:Screen-Fonts"
39497 \begin_layout Standard
39498 These fonts are used to display your documents on the screen.
39501 \begin_layout Standard
39502 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
39505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39510 This section only deals with the fonts
39515 The fonts that appear on the output are independent from these fonts, and
39518 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39519 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39530 \begin_layout Standard
39531 By default, LyX uses
39535 as roman (serif) font,
39543 (depends on the system) as
39546 \begin_inset space ~
39562 \begin_layout Standard
39563 You can change the font size with the
39570 \begin_layout Standard
39575 is the screen resolution in dpi (dots per inch).
39576 The Font Sizes are calculated as letter height in units of points.
39578 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39581 points have the size of 1
39582 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39586 \begin_inset space ~
39590 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39592 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
39599 \begin_layout Standard
39604 are the same as if a document font size of 10
39605 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
39609 The sizes are explained in detail in section
39610 \begin_inset space ~
39614 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39616 reference "sub:Document-Font"
39623 \begin_layout Subsection
39628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39647 \begin_layout Standard
39648 You can here change all colors used by LyX.
39649 Choose an item in the list and use the
39656 \begin_layout Subsection
39661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39662 Settings ! Graphics
39670 \begin_layout Standard
39671 Here you can specify how graphics inside LyX are displayed.
39674 \begin_layout Standard
39679 enables previewing snippets of your document.
39680 This feature is described in section
39681 \begin_inset space ~
39685 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39687 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
39694 \begin_layout Subsection
39699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39710 Settings ! Keyboard Map
39716 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39718 name "sub:Keyboard-Map"
39725 \begin_layout Standard
39726 Normally keyboard settings have to be done in a menu of your operating system.
39727 For the case that this is not possible, LyX provides keyboard maps.
39729 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39733 \begin_inset space ~
39736 a Czech keyboard but want to write with it like with a Romanian one, you
39737 can use the keyboard map file named
39744 \begin_layout Standard
39745 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
39748 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39753 Keyboard maps are only provided as makeshift and don't work on all systems.
39761 \begin_layout Section
39766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39777 Settings ! Directory
39785 \begin_layout Description
39787 \begin_inset space ~
39790 directory This is LyX's working directory.
39791 It is the default when you
39802 \begin_inset space ~
39810 \begin_layout Description
39812 \begin_inset space ~
39815 templates This directory will be opened when you use the menu
39817 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39819 \begin_inset space ~
39823 \begin_inset space ~
39831 \begin_layout Description
39833 \begin_inset space ~
39840 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39846 Backup copies will be saved to this directory.
39847 When no directory is given but backups are enabled as described in section
39848 \begin_inset space ~
39852 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39854 reference "sub:Backup documents"
39862 will be used to save the backups.
39863 \begin_inset Newline newline
39866 The backup files have the ending
39867 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39871 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39877 \begin_layout Description
39882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39889 XServer-Pipe Here you can enter the name of a Unix-pipe.
39890 This pipe is used to send data from external programs to LyX.
39891 \begin_inset Newline newline
39895 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
39898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39903 This feature doesn't work on Windows systems.
39911 \begin_layout Description
39913 \begin_inset space ~
39916 directory Temporary files will be saved in this directory.
39919 \begin_layout Description
39921 \begin_inset space ~
39924 prefix This field contains a list of paths to external programs.
39925 When LyX needs to use an external program, it looks in this list where
39926 to find it on the system.
39927 The path list is automatically set up on Windows and Mac systems while
39928 LyX is configured, so that you normally don't have to modify it.
39930 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39934 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39937 Linux systems, the path list will need to be set only if there are external
39938 programs you wish to use that are not in your normal system path ($PATH).
39942 \begin_layout Section
39946 \begin_layout Standard
39947 Here you can insert your name and email address.
39948 The identity will be used when you have enabled change tracking as described
39950 \begin_inset space ~
39954 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39956 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
39960 , to mark changes you make as yours.
39963 \begin_layout Section
39968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39969 Language ! Settings
39978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39979 Settings ! Language
39987 \begin_layout Subsection
39991 \begin_layout Description
39993 \begin_inset space ~
39996 language is the language used in new documents
39999 \begin_layout Description
40001 \begin_inset space ~
40004 package is a LaTeX-command to load a LaTeX-package that handles language
40006 The default is the LaTeX-command
40012 that loads the package
40020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40021 For an introduction to the LaTeX-Syntax, have a look at section
40022 \begin_inset space ~
40026 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40028 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
40038 \begin_inset Newline newline
40045 translates in the background automatically text labels of documents to
40046 the document language.
40047 A text label is for instance the word
40048 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40052 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40055 at the beginning of every table-caption.
40058 \begin_layout Description
40060 \begin_inset space ~
40063 start When a special LaTeX-package is needed to write in a certain document
40064 language, you can here specify the command to start the package.
40065 An example is the start command
40071 that is needed to write Arabic using the package
40076 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
40091 selectlanguage{$$lang}
40096 \begin_layout Description
40098 \begin_inset space ~
40106 Some packages, like the default, don't have an end command since the start
40107 command toggles the package on and off.
40110 \begin_layout Description
40112 \begin_inset space ~
40122 \begin_layout Description
40123 Global When this option is set, the languages used in the document will
40124 be added as options to the document class options, so that they can be
40125 used by all Latex@LaTeX-packages.
40126 Otherwise they will only be used as options for the
40133 \begin_layout Description
40135 \begin_inset space ~
40138 begin When this option is set, the documents starts with the chosen document
40140 When this option is not set, the
40143 \begin_inset space ~
40148 is explicitly set to the beginning of the document in the LaTeX-output.
40149 This assures that the correct language is used when you use another
40152 \begin_inset space ~
40160 \begin_layout Description
40162 \begin_inset space ~
40168 \begin_inset space ~
40174 When it is not set, the
40177 \begin_inset space ~
40182 is set to the end of the document.
40185 \begin_layout Description
40187 \begin_inset space ~
40191 \begin_inset space ~
40194 languages Text marked formatted in a language different from the document
40195 language will be underlined blue.
40198 \begin_layout Description
40200 \begin_inset space ~
40204 \begin_inset space ~
40208 \begin_inset space ~
40212 \begin_inset space ~
40215 support Enables the use of languages, written from right to left, like Arabic,
40219 \begin_layout Subsection
40223 \begin_layout Standard
40224 The spellchecker settings are explained in section
40225 \begin_inset space ~
40229 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40231 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
40238 \begin_layout Section
40242 \begin_layout Subsection
40244 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40273 \begin_layout Description
40275 \begin_inset space ~
40278 printer Here you can specify the name of your default printer.
40279 The name will be used when the
40284 \begin_inset Newline newline
40288 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
40291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40296 You can leave this field empty on Windows systems because it has there
40305 \begin_layout Description
40307 \begin_inset space ~
40311 \begin_inset space ~
40315 \begin_inset space ~
40318 printer This option works only for the
40323 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40331 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40335 It activates a configuration file for dvips.
40336 This is an option only for dvips experts.
40339 \begin_layout Description
40341 \begin_inset space ~
40344 command is the command LyX
40345 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40349 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40352 LaTeX uses for printing.
40353 The default is on most systems
40360 \begin_layout Description
40362 \begin_inset space ~
40366 \begin_inset space ~
40369 Options Here you can specify printer options.
40370 A list of printer options with explanations can be found in the documentation
40371 of the program that provides the
40378 \begin_layout Subsection
40383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40394 Settings ! Date format
40402 \begin_layout Standard
40403 The date format can be one or a mixture of the formats listed here:
40404 \begin_inset Newline newline
40408 \begin_inset Flex URL
40411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40413 http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?date
40419 \begin_inset Newline newline
40422 For example the format
40423 \begin_inset Newline newline
40427 \begin_inset Newline newline
40430 prints the date as day/month/year.
40433 \begin_layout Subsection
40437 \begin_layout Description
40439 \begin_inset space ~
40443 \begin_inset space ~
40446 length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line when using
40449 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40450 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40452 \begin_inset space ~
40458 Setting the line line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless
40462 \begin_layout Description
40464 \begin_inset space ~
40467 command defines an additional command used to produce better ASCII tables
40472 UNIX-commands (refer to their manuals for more information about them).
40473 Setting this as empty tells LyX to use the internal formatter.
40476 \begin_layout Subsection
40481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40489 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40491 name "sub:LaTeX-settings"
40499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40500 Settings ! Latex@LaTeX
40508 \begin_layout Description
40513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40521 \begin_inset space ~
40524 encoding This is the default encoding of the document font.
40529 is the default and covers western languages and symbols.
40551 Combinations of the encodings are possible, like
40552 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40560 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40564 The font encoding is normally automatically loaded by the language packages
40565 LyX sets up in the background.
40566 So there is no need to change the default encoding.
40569 \begin_layout Description
40571 \begin_inset space ~
40575 \begin_inset space ~
40578 size This is the paper size that is used for new documents.
40583 value depends on your LaTeX-system setup.
40586 \begin_layout Description
40588 \begin_inset space ~
40592 \begin_inset space ~
40596 \begin_inset space ~
40600 \begin_inset space ~
40604 \begin_inset space ~
40608 \begin_inset space ~
40611 changes Removes all manually set document class options in the
40613 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40616 dialog when changing the document class.
40619 \begin_layout Standard
40622 External Applications
40624 field you can specify commands with parameters for the listed applications.
40625 Before you change something here, it is strongly recommended to read the
40626 manuals of the applications.
40627 Currently the following commands can be set:
40630 \begin_layout Description
40635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40643 \begin_inset space ~
40646 command Command for the program
40650 that is described in section
40661 \begin_layout Description
40666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40674 \begin_inset space ~
40677 command Command for the program
40681 that generates the bibliography, see section
40682 \begin_inset space ~
40686 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40688 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
40695 \begin_layout Description
40697 \begin_inset space ~
40700 command Command for the program that generates the index, see section
40701 \begin_inset space ~
40705 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40707 reference "sub:Index-Program"
40714 \begin_layout Description
40716 \begin_inset space ~
40720 \begin_inset space ~
40724 \begin_inset space ~
40728 \begin_inset space ~
40731 options They only have an effect when the program
40735 is used as DVI-viewer.
40738 \begin_layout Subsection
40743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40762 \begin_layout Standard
40767 is only available in the Windows version of LyX.
40770 Use Windows-style paths in LaTeX files
40772 uses the Windows path style:
40775 \begin_layout Standard
40783 \begin_layout Standard
40784 instead of the Unix path style:
40787 \begin_layout Standard
40791 \begin_layout Section
40796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40805 \begin_layout Standard
40806 Here you find the list of defined converter commands to convert material
40807 from one format to another.
40808 You can modify them or create new ones.
40809 To modify a converter, select it, change the entry of the field
40816 \begin_inset space ~
40826 To create a new converter, select an existing one, select a different format
40830 \begin_inset space ~
40835 drop-down list, modify the
40839 field, and press the
40846 \begin_layout Standard
40849 Converter File Cache
40851 is enabled, conversions will be cached as long as specified in the field
40854 Maximum Age (in days
40857 This means that images don't need to be converted again when you reopen
40858 a document; the converted images from the cache will be used instead.
40861 \begin_layout Standard
40862 More about converters, like the variables and flags that can be used in
40863 the converter definition, is described in section
40874 \begin_layout Section
40879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40886 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40888 name "sec:File-Formats"
40895 \begin_layout Standard
40896 Here you find the list of defined file formats that LyX can handle.
40897 You can modify the viewer and editor program that should be used for certain
40899 To create a new format, select an existing one, change the entry of the
40907 \begin_inset space ~
40919 \begin_layout Standard
40920 More about formats, like the options that can be used in the format definition,
40921 is described in section
40932 \begin_layout Section
40937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40946 \begin_layout Standard
40947 Here you find the list of defined copiers.
40948 Since all conversions from one format to another take place in LyX's temporary
40949 directory, it is sometimes necessary to modify a file before copying it
40950 to the temporary directory in order that the conversion may be performed.
40951 This is done by a Copier.
40954 \begin_layout Standard
40955 More about converters is described in section
40966 \begin_layout Chapter
40967 Units available in LyX
40971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40978 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40980 name "cha:Units-available-in"
40987 \begin_layout Standard
40988 To understand the units described in this documentation,
40989 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40991 reference "cap:Units"
40995 explains all units available in LyX.
40998 \begin_layout Standard
40999 \begin_inset Float table
41005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41006 \begin_inset Caption
41008 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41009 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41024 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
41030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41032 \begin_inset Tabular
41033 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
41035 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
41036 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
41038 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41047 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41058 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41067 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41078 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41087 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41098 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41107 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41118 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41127 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41130 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41132 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41136 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41146 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41155 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41160 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41164 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41174 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41183 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41187 scaled point (65536
41188 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41192 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41202 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41211 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41216 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41220 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41230 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41239 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41244 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41248 \begin_inset Formula $\approx$
41252 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41262 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41271 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41276 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41280 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41290 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41299 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41303 % of original image width
41310 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41319 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41330 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41339 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41350 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41359 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41370 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41379 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41390 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41399 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41410 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41419 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41430 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41439 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41454 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41463 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41478 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41487 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41492 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41496 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41517 \begin_layout Chapter
41519 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41528 \begin_layout Standard
41529 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
41530 (and we would encourage people to contribute!).
41533 \begin_layout Itemize
41536 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
41539 \begin_layout Itemize
41545 \begin_layout Itemize
41551 \begin_layout Itemize
41557 \begin_layout Itemize
41563 \begin_layout Itemize
41569 \begin_layout Itemize
41575 \begin_layout Itemize
41581 \begin_layout Itemize
41584 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
41587 \begin_layout Itemize
41593 \begin_layout Itemize
41599 \begin_layout Itemize
41605 \begin_layout Itemize
41611 \begin_layout Itemize
41617 \begin_layout Itemize
41623 \begin_layout Itemize
41629 \begin_layout Itemize
41635 \begin_layout Itemize
41637 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
41646 \begin_layout Standard
41647 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
41650 The bibliography on the following page was created with the
41657 \begin_layout Bibliography
41658 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41659 LatexCommand bibitem
41666 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41669 target "http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS"
41674 \begin_inset Newline newline
41678 \begin_inset Flex URL
41681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41683 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS
41691 \begin_layout Bibliography
41692 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41693 LatexCommand bibitem
41694 key "latexcompanion"
41698 Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:
41700 The LaTeX Companion Second Edition.
41703 Addison-Wesley, 2004
41706 \begin_layout Bibliography
41707 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41708 LatexCommand bibitem
41713 Helmut Kopka and Patrick W.
41716 A Guide to LaTeX Fourth Edition.
41719 Addison-Wesley, 2003
41722 \begin_layout Bibliography
41723 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41724 LatexCommand bibitem
41731 LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
41734 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
41737 \begin_layout Bibliography
41738 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41739 LatexCommand bibitem
41751 Addison-Wesley, 1984
41754 \begin_layout Bibliography
41755 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41756 LatexCommand bibitem
41762 \begin_inset Newline newline
41766 \begin_inset Flex URL
41769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41771 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html
41779 \begin_layout Bibliography
41780 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41781 LatexCommand bibitem
41787 \begin_inset Newline newline
41791 \begin_inset Flex URL
41794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41796 http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html
41804 \begin_layout Bibliography
41805 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41806 LatexCommand bibitem
41812 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41814 name "Documentation"
41815 target "http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi"
41824 \begin_inset Newline newline
41828 \begin_inset Flex URL
41831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41833 http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi
41841 \begin_layout Bibliography
41842 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41843 LatexCommand bibitem
41849 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41851 name "Documentation"
41852 target "http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html"
41861 \begin_inset Newline newline
41865 \begin_inset Flex URL
41868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41870 http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html
41878 \begin_layout Bibliography
41879 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41880 LatexCommand bibitem
41886 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41888 name "Documentation"
41889 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf"
41893 of the LaTeX-package
41901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41902 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! caption
41908 \begin_inset Newline newline
41912 \begin_inset Flex URL
41915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41917 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf
41925 \begin_layout Bibliography
41926 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41927 LatexCommand bibitem
41933 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41935 name "Documentation"
41936 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf"
41940 of the LaTeX-package
41948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41949 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
41955 \begin_inset Newline newline
41959 \begin_inset Flex URL
41962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41964 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf
41972 \begin_layout Bibliography
41973 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41974 LatexCommand bibitem
41980 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41982 name "Documentation"
41983 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf"
41987 of the LaTeX-package
41995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41996 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
42002 \begin_inset Newline newline
42006 \begin_inset Flex URL
42009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42011 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf
42019 \begin_layout Bibliography
42020 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42021 LatexCommand bibitem
42027 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42029 name "Documentation"
42030 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf"
42034 of the LaTeX-package
42042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42043 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! tipa
42049 \begin_inset Newline newline
42053 \begin_inset Flex URL
42056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42058 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf
42066 \begin_layout Bibliography
42067 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42068 LatexCommand bibitem
42074 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42076 name "Documentation"
42077 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty"
42081 of the LaTeX-package
42089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42090 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
42096 \begin_inset Newline newline
42100 \begin_inset Flex URL
42103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42105 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty
42113 \begin_layout Bibliography
42114 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42115 LatexCommand bibitem
42121 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42124 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX"
42128 how to use LyX with XeTeX:
42129 \begin_inset Newline newline
42133 \begin_inset Flex URL
42136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42138 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX
42146 \begin_layout Bibliography
42147 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42148 LatexCommand bibitem
42154 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42157 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic"
42161 how to set up LyX for Arabic:
42162 \begin_inset Newline newline
42166 \begin_inset Flex URL
42169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42171 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic
42179 \begin_layout Bibliography
42180 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42181 LatexCommand bibitem
42187 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42190 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian"
42194 how to set up LyX for Armenian:
42195 \begin_inset Newline newline
42199 \begin_inset Flex URL
42202 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42204 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian
42212 \begin_layout Bibliography
42213 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42214 LatexCommand bibitem
42220 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42223 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi"
42227 how to set up LyX for Farsi:
42228 \begin_inset Newline newline
42232 \begin_inset Flex URL
42235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42237 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi
42245 \begin_layout Bibliography
42246 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42247 LatexCommand bibitem
42253 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42256 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew"
42260 how to set up LyX for Hebrew:
42261 \begin_inset Newline newline
42265 \begin_inset Flex URL
42268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42270 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew
42278 \begin_layout Bibliography
42279 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42280 LatexCommand bibitem
42286 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42289 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese"
42293 how to set up LyX for Japanese:
42294 \begin_inset Newline newline
42298 \begin_inset Flex URL
42301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42303 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese
42311 \begin_layout Bibliography
42312 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42313 LatexCommand bibitem
42319 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42322 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese"
42326 how to set up LyX for Vietnamese:
42327 \begin_inset Newline newline
42331 \begin_inset Flex URL
42334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42336 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese
42344 \begin_layout Bibliography
42345 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42346 LatexCommand bibitem
42352 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42355 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList"
42359 with a list of all available LyX-functions:
42360 \begin_inset Newline newline
42364 \begin_inset Flex URL
42367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42369 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList
42377 \begin_layout Bibliography
42378 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42379 LatexCommand bibitem
42385 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42388 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX16"
42392 about new features in
42397 \begin_inset Newline newline
42401 \begin_inset Flex URL
42404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42406 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX16
42414 \begin_layout Standard
42415 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
42422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42449 \begin_inset Note Note
42452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42459 is the name of the bibliography in the current document language.
42460 It is redefined here with the number 2 at the end to state that the following
42461 bibliography is the second one:
42469 \begin_layout Standard
42470 \begin_inset CommandInset bibtex
42471 LatexCommand bibtex
42472 bibfiles "biblio/LyXDocs"
42473 options "biblio/alphadin"
42480 \begin_layout Standard
42481 The above bibliography is created from a BibTeX-database.
42484 \begin_layout Standard
42487 \begin_inset CommandInset nomencl_print
42488 LatexCommand printnomenclature
42493 \begin_inset CommandInset index_print
42494 LatexCommand printindex